<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Deligant</id>
	<title>Ianseo - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Deligant"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Deligant"/>
	<updated>2026-08-06T02:48:45Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.7</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition/Team_Events_Setup&amp;diff=4552</id>
		<title>Competition/Team Events Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition/Team_Events_Setup&amp;diff=4552"/>
		<updated>2026-07-13T06:27:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Marked this version for translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|text=This is the &#039;&#039;&#039;Set up&#039;&#039;&#039; page. Click &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Team Finals]]&#039;&#039;&#039; to go to the Management pages}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Planning Team Finals reduces the possibility of making errors and increase the ease of results management, especially if the ISK-NG is planned to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manage Events== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Team-Main.png|thumb|Team Events List]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Team Events Setup =&amp;gt; Manage Events&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; shows the list of team events.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Event Code&#039;&#039;&#039;: Code of the event. This is the code that will be used throughout ianseo. It changes into a &amp;lt;code class=button&amp;gt;button&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; when saved in order to change which categories and eventually subclasses are eligible to shoot in this event (see [[#Event Category Selection]])&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Event Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: description of the event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Para/IPC&#039;&#039;&#039;: check to enable as para event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order&#039;&#039;&#039;: order by which the event will be listed&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Eliminations&#039;&#039;&#039;: type of elimination. See [[#Elimination Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Match Scoring&#039;&#039;&#039;: select the scoring format (cumulative or set system) for the event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;First Phase&#039;&#039;&#039;: select the first phase for the brackets part of this event. Please check with [[Participants#Statistics]] to set the correct starting phase based on the actual participant numbers. Select &amp;quot;--&amp;quot; (no starting phase) to create events without brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Target Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: select the correct target type for this event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ø (cm)&#039;&#039;&#039;: diameter (in cm) of the target&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Distance&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shooting distance. Can be 0 for events where the distance varies between phases or ends.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code class=button&amp;gt;Create and Delete Events based on Participants&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button will create or delete events based on the categories not set as part of an event or delete events where no eligible archers are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Event Category Selection=== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Code.png|thumb|Category Selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
Category and eventual subclass eligibility is defined in this page. Select which categories are eligible. Multiple selections are made with CTRL+Click. Default is no subclass filter, it must be enabled manually to be used.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced==== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Code-Advanced.png|thumb|Category Selection, Advanced]]&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;code class=button&amp;gt;Advanced&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button opens some extended fields. These values are critical for the correct behaviour of the event results:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Athletes/Teams to Select&#039;&#039;&#039;: automatically calculated based on the starting phase, can be changed to reduce the selection only: top ranked archers will have a bye&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Rank of First Athlete/Team to Select&#039;&#039;&#039;: usually &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; for regular brackets, can be set to another value, for example to manage secondary competitions with lower ranked archers&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is a Medal Event&#039;&#039;&#039;: selects if the event will be awarded&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Event&#039;s Winner Final Rank&#039;&#039;&#039;: set this to the first ranked after the event is finished. Should be the same as &#039;&#039;Rank of first athlete&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Parent Event Code&#039;&#039;&#039;: If this event is a child of another event, then leave the category selection above empty as the opponents will be the dropout/winner of the parent event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Winners of Parent Event&#039;&#039;&#039;: if &#039;&#039;Parent Event Code&#039;&#039; is selected, defines if the event will be populated by the dropouts (default) or the winners of previous events&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Gold Label&#039;&#039;&#039;: Label to set for the first level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;XNine Label&#039;&#039;&#039;: Label to set for the second level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points as Gold&#039;&#039;&#039;: Points to be retained to calculate the first level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points as XNine&#039;&#039;&#039;: Points to be retained to calculate the second level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Check Golds in Ties&#039;&#039;&#039;: Establishes if ties should be break based on the first tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Check XNine in Ties&#039;&#039;&#039;: Establishes if ties should be break based on the second tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ranking AFTER following distance&#039;&#039;&#039;: Usually set as &amp;quot;last&amp;quot;, can be changed to accommodate specific needs of the competition format&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Team Components&#039;&#039;&#039;: Maximum numbero of athletes in the team.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;WA Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Equivalence between this event and the WA category if any&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Elimination Types=== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Elimination-Type.png|thumb|Elimination Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
Defaults to &amp;quot;Regular brackets&amp;quot;, but can be changed to other types of elimination.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=error|text=Changing this value will litterally kill the previous elimination type references and matches and recreate the all items needed to manage results for this new type.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Round Robin==== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Team-Elimination-RR.png|thumb|Round Robin Event Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
Round Robin global setup for this event only need to set how many &amp;quot;waves&amp;quot; of Round Robin matches will be held until placing teams in the final brackets (if any).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Levels&#039;&#039;&#039;: number of Round Robin levels will be held (see [[Round Robin]] for the complete setup)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Archers on Targets== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Opponents.png|thumb|Target and Phase Opponents Setup]]This page shows a comprehensive table of how many Teams per target are set for all the phases of the event. It usually defaults to 1 team per target. It also establishes if matches will be shot in a single wave or in two waves.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|text=A selector enables an easy switch between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Individual&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Team&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; setup, as well as switch between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Opponents per Target&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Manage Phase&#039;s Arrows per Set&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows per Set== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Arrows.png|thumb|Arrows and Ends Setup]]Fields need to be checked, especially when creating new events. Each event has 2 lines, one for &amp;quot;Elimination&amp;quot; phases (up to 1/8 included) and one for &amp;quot;Finals&amp;quot; phases (1/4, 1/2, Medals) as ends and arrows per end might change between the 2. Blue and Green dots will show how the phases will be shot. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Targets Number== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Targets.png|thumb|Target Assignment for Grids]]First select the event to work on. A grid will appear based on the selections set in [[#Archers on Targets]]: One field for both opponents if 2 teams per target (they will be assigned as 1A and 1B), one field per opponent if one team per target. There are some shortcuts to ease the target assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
This setup is mandatory in case of:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ISK|ISK-NG]] is planned for electronic scoring&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Competition#Final_Field_of_Play_Layout|Field of Play]] printout for field management&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Team Finals#Score|Athletes Sheets]] with assigned target box in case of win&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scheduling== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Schedule.png|thumb|Match Scheduling]]As before, first select the event to work on. A grid will appear where information can be inserted for every match or globally for a whole phase. Each Phase has at the top the fields to insert a date (format day-month-year), a time and an optional duration of the match. Once set, clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;Set To All&#039;&#039;&#039; will fill all matches in that phase with the same value.&lt;br /&gt;
After the very first schedule has been done, a dropdown menu will also appear, filled in by all the scheduled matches already set. From the following phase a shortcut is offered to speed up the process: inserting &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; and the number of minutes of offset in the &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; field and a duration, clicking on &amp;quot;Set to all&amp;quot; will automagically calculate the correct time and fill in the whole phase. It is also possible to select an already planned schedule from the drop down selector and click on &amp;quot;set to all&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
This setup is mandatory in case of:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ISK|ISK-NG Pro/Live]] is planned for electronic scoring&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Competition#Final_Field_of_Play_Layout|Field of Play]] printout for field management&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Warm Up Schedule== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Competition/Warm_Up_Schedule]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manage Running Events== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Running-Events.png|thumb|Running Events Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the gathering of scoring (manual or electronic) is not at the same end for everybody: competitions with categories shooting over multiple sessions, Field, 3D, ISK-NG in lite mode. This pages comes in handy as it calculates (and shows) results as average arrow points up to 3 decimals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The first column of each Round shows the lowest and highest arrows shot for each event.{{Note|text=It is important to have [[Participants#IRM]] correctly set up in order to have consistency on these numbers}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Competition]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition/Team_Events_Setup&amp;diff=4551</id>
		<title>Competition/Team Events Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition/Team_Events_Setup&amp;diff=4551"/>
		<updated>2026-07-13T06:26:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|text=This is the &#039;&#039;&#039;Set up&#039;&#039;&#039; page. Click &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Team Finals]]&#039;&#039;&#039; to go to the Management pages}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Planning Team Finals reduces the possibility of making errors and increase the ease of results management, especially if the ISK-NG is planned to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manage Events== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Team-Main.png|thumb|Team Events List]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Team Events Setup =&amp;gt; Manage Events&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; shows the list of team events.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Event Code&#039;&#039;&#039;: Code of the event. This is the code that will be used throughout ianseo. It changes into a &amp;lt;code class=button&amp;gt;button&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; when saved in order to change which categories and eventually subclasses are eligible to shoot in this event (see [[#Event Category Selection]])&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Event Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: description of the event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Para/IPC&#039;&#039;&#039;: check to enable as para event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order&#039;&#039;&#039;: order by which the event will be listed&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Eliminations&#039;&#039;&#039;: type of elimination. See [[#Elimination Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Match Scoring&#039;&#039;&#039;: select the scoring format (cumulative or set system) for the event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;First Phase&#039;&#039;&#039;: select the first phase for the brackets part of this event. Please check with [[Participants#Statistics]] to set the correct starting phase based on the actual participant numbers. Select &amp;quot;--&amp;quot; (no starting phase) to create events without brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Target Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: select the correct target type for this event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ø (cm)&#039;&#039;&#039;: diameter (in cm) of the target&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Distance&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shooting distance. Can be 0 for events where the distance varies between phases or ends.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code class=button&amp;gt;Create and Delete Events based on Participants&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button will create or delete events based on the categories not set as part of an event or delete events where no eligible archers are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Event Category Selection=== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Code.png|thumb|Category Selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
Category and eventual subclass eligibility is defined in this page. Select which categories are eligible. Multiple selections are made with CTRL+Click. Default is no subclass filter, it must be enabled manually to be used.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced==== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Code-Advanced.png|thumb|Category Selection, Advanced]]&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;code class=button&amp;gt;Advanced&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button opens some extended fields. These values are critical for the correct behaviour of the event results:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Athletes/Teams to Select&#039;&#039;&#039;: automatically calculated based on the starting phase, can be changed to reduce the selection only: top ranked archers will have a bye&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Rank of First Athlete/Team to Select&#039;&#039;&#039;: usually &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; for regular brackets, can be set to another value, for example to manage secondary competitions with lower ranked archers&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is a Medal Event&#039;&#039;&#039;: selects if the event will be awarded&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Event&#039;s Winner Final Rank&#039;&#039;&#039;: set this to the first ranked after the event is finished. Should be the same as &#039;&#039;Rank of first athlete&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Parent Event Code&#039;&#039;&#039;: If this event is a child of another event, then leave the category selection above empty as the opponents will be the dropout/winner of the parent event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Winners of Parent Event&#039;&#039;&#039;: if &#039;&#039;Parent Event Code&#039;&#039; is selected, defines if the event will be populated by the dropouts (default) or the winners of previous events&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Gold Label&#039;&#039;&#039;: Label to set for the first level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;XNine Label&#039;&#039;&#039;: Label to set for the second level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points as Gold&#039;&#039;&#039;: Points to be retained to calculate the first level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points as XNine&#039;&#039;&#039;: Points to be retained to calculate the second level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Check Golds in Ties&#039;&#039;&#039;: Establishes if ties should be break based on the first tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Check XNine in Ties&#039;&#039;&#039;: Establishes if ties should be break based on the second tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ranking AFTER following distance&#039;&#039;&#039;: Usually set as &amp;quot;last&amp;quot;, can be changed to accommodate specific needs of the competition format&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Team Components&#039;&#039;&#039;: Maximum numbero of athletes in the team.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;WA Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Equivalence between this event and the WA category if any&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Elimination Types=== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Elimination-Type.png|thumb|Elimination Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
Defaults to &amp;quot;Regular brackets&amp;quot;, but can be changed to other types of elimination.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=error|text=Changing this value will litterally kill the previous elimination type references and matches and recreate the all items needed to manage results for this new type.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Round Robin==== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Team-Elimination-RR.png|thumb|Round Robin Event Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
Round Robin global setup for this event only need to set how many &amp;quot;waves&amp;quot; of Round Robin matches will be held until placing teams in the final brackets (if any).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Levels&#039;&#039;&#039;: number of Round Robin levels will be held (see [[Round Robin]] for the complete setup)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Archers on Targets== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Opponents.png|thumb|Target and Phase Opponents Setup]]This page shows a comprehensive table of how many Teams per target are set for all the phases of the event. It usually defaults to 1 team per target. It also establishes if matches will be shot in a single wave or in two waves.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|text=A selector enables an easy switch between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Individual&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Team&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; setup, as well as switch between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Opponents per Target&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Manage Phase&#039;s Arrows per Set&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows per Set== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Arrows.png|thumb|Arrows and Ends Setup]]Fields need to be checked, especially when creating new events. Each event has 2 lines, one for &amp;quot;Elimination&amp;quot; phases (up to 1/8 included) and one for &amp;quot;Finals&amp;quot; phases (1/4, 1/2, Medals) as ends and arrows per end might change between the 2. Blue and Green dots will show how the phases will be shot. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Targets Number== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Targets.png|thumb|Target Assignment for Grids]]First select the event to work on. A grid will appear based on the selections set in [[#Archers on Targets]]: One field for both opponents if 2 teams per target (they will be assigned as 1A and 1B), one field per opponent if one team per target. There are some shortcuts to ease the target assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
This setup is mandatory in case of:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ISK|ISK-NG]] is planned for electronic scoring&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Competition#Final_Field_of_Play_Layout|Field of Play]] printout for field management&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Team Finals#Score|Athletes Sheets]] with assigned target box in case of win&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scheduling== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Team-Schedule.png|thumb|Match Scheduling]]As before, first select the event to work on. A grid will appear where information can be inserted for every match or globally for a whole phase. Each Phase has at the top the fields to insert a date (format day-month-year), a time and an optional duration of the match. Once set, clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;Set To All&#039;&#039;&#039; will fill all matches in that phase with the same value.&lt;br /&gt;
After the very first schedule has been done, a dropdown menu will also appear, filled in by all the scheduled matches already set. From the following phase a shortcut is offered to speed up the process: inserting &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; and the number of minutes of offset in the &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; field and a duration, clicking on &amp;quot;Set to all&amp;quot; will automagically calculate the correct time and fill in the whole phase. It is also possible to select an already planned schedule from the drop down selector and click on &amp;quot;set to all&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
This setup is mandatory in case of:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ISK|ISK-NG Pro/Live]] is planned for electronic scoring&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Competition#Final_Field_of_Play_Layout|Field of Play]] printout for field management&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Warm Up Schedule== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Competition/Warm_Up_Schedule]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manage Running Events== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Running-Events.png|thumb|Running Events Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the gathering of scoring (manual or electronic) is not at the same end for everybody: competitions with categories shooting over multiple sessions, Field, 3D, ISK-NG in lite mode. This pages comes in handy as it calculates (and shows) results as average arrow points up to 3 decimals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first column of each Round shows the lowest and highest arrows shot for each event.{{Note|text=It is important to have [[Participants#IRM]] correctly set up in order to have consistency on these numbers}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Competition]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition/Individual_Events_Setup&amp;diff=4544</id>
		<title>Competition/Individual Events Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition/Individual_Events_Setup&amp;diff=4544"/>
		<updated>2026-07-13T06:24:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Marked this version for translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|text=This is the &#039;&#039;&#039;Set up&#039;&#039;&#039; page. Click &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Individual Finals]]&#039;&#039;&#039; to go to the Management pages}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Planning Individual Finals reduces the possibility of making errors and increase the ease of results management, especially if the ISK-NG is planned to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manage Events== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Individual-Main.png|thumb|Individual Events List]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Individual Events Setup =&amp;gt; Manage Events&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; shows the list of individual events.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Event Code&#039;&#039;&#039;: Code of the event. This is the code that will be used throughout ianseo. It changes into a &amp;lt;code class=button&amp;gt;button&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; when saved in order to change which categories and eventually subclasses are eligible to shoot in this event (see [[#Event Category Selection]])&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Event Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: description of the event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Para/IPC&#039;&#039;&#039;: check to enable as para event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order&#039;&#039;&#039;: order by which the event will be listed&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Eliminations&#039;&#039;&#039;: type of elimination. See [[#Elimination Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Match Scoring&#039;&#039;&#039;: select the scoring format (cumulative or set system) for the event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;First Phase&#039;&#039;&#039;: select the first phase for the brackets part of this event. Please check with [[Participants#Statistics]] to set the correct starting phase based on the actual participant numbers. Select &amp;quot;--&amp;quot; (no starting phase) to create events without brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Target Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: select the correct target type for this event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ø (cm)&#039;&#039;&#039;: diameter (in cm) of the target&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Distance&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shooting distance. Can be 0 for events where the distance varies between phases or ends.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code class=button&amp;gt;Create and Delete Events based on Participants&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button will create or delete events based on the categories not set as part of an event or delete events where no eligible archers are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Event Category Selection=== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Individual-Code.png|thumb|Category Selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
Category and eventual subclass eligibility is defined in this page. Select which categories are eligible. Multiple selections are made with CTRL+Click. Default is no subclass filter, it must be enabled manually to be used.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced==== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Individual-Code-Advanced.png|thumb|Category Selection, Advanced]]&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;code class=button&amp;gt;Advanced&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button opens some extended fields. These values are critical for the correct behaviour of the event results:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Athletes/Teams to Select&#039;&#039;&#039;: automatically calculated based on the starting phase, can be changed to reduce the selection only: top ranked archers will have a bye&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Rank of First Athlete/Team to Select&#039;&#039;&#039;: usually &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; for regular brackets, can be set to another value, for example to manage secondary competitions with lower ranked archers&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is a Medal Event&#039;&#039;&#039;: selects if the event will be awarded&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Event&#039;s Winner Final Rank&#039;&#039;&#039;: set this to the first ranked after the event is finished. Should be the same as &#039;&#039;Rank of first athlete&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Parent Event Code&#039;&#039;&#039;: If this event is a child of another event, then leave the category selection above empty as the opponents will be the dropout/winner of the parent event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Winners of Parent Event&#039;&#039;&#039;: if &#039;&#039;Parent Event Code&#039;&#039; is selected, defines if the event will be populated by the dropouts (default) or the winners of previous events&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Gold Label&#039;&#039;&#039;: Label to set for the first level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;XNine Label&#039;&#039;&#039;: Label to set for the second level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points as Gold&#039;&#039;&#039;: Points to be retained to calculate the first level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points as XNine&#039;&#039;&#039;: Points to be retained to calculate the second level tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Check Golds in Ties&#039;&#039;&#039;: Establishes if ties should be break based on the first tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Check XNine in Ties&#039;&#039;&#039;: Establishes if ties should be break based on the second tie breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ranking AFTER following distance&#039;&#039;&#039;: Usually set as &amp;quot;last&amp;quot;, can be changed to accommodate specific needs of the competition format&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;WA Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Equivalence between this event and the WA category if any&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Elimination Types=== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Individual-Elimination-Type.png|thumb|Elimination Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
Defaults to &amp;quot;Regular brackets&amp;quot;, but can be changed to other types of elimination.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=error|text=Changing this value will litterally kill the previous elimination type references and matches and recreate the all items needed to manage results for this new type.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1(2) Elim.Round==== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Individual-Elimination-Field.png|thumb|Intermediate Elimination Rounds Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of elimination will place 1 or 2 intermediate rounds before placing qualified archers into the final brackets. Some fields need to be entered or verified for each round:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;&#039;: Number of archers to select&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ends&#039;&#039;&#039;: number of ends to shoot&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Arrows&#039;&#039;&#039;: number f arrows per end&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Shoot Off&#039;&#039;&#039;: SO arrows&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====World Games(Archery) Pools==== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Individual-Elimination-WG.png|thumb|World Games/Archery Pools Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of elimination prepares 2/4 Shoot Up pools where athletes ranked 3 or more after qualification will be placed, with (WG) or without (WA) beauty match between first and second ranked. As usual some fields need to be entered or verified:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;&#039;: Number of archers to be placed in the pools&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ends&#039;&#039;&#039;: number of ends to shoot&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Arrows&#039;&#039;&#039;: number f arrows per end&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Shoot Off&#039;&#039;&#039;: SO arrows&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Round Robin==== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Individual-Elimination-RR.png|thumb|Round Robin Event Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
Round Robin global setup for this event only need to set how many &amp;quot;waves&amp;quot; of Round Robin matches will be held until placing archers in the final brackets (if any).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Levels&#039;&#039;&#039;: number of Round Robin levels will be held (see [[Round Robin]] for the complete setup)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Archers on Targets== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Individual-Opponents.png|thumb|Target and Phase Opponents Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows a comprehensive table of how many archers per target are set for all the phases of the event. It also establishes if matches will be shot in a single wave or in two waves.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|text=A selector enables an easy switch between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Individual&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Team&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; setup, as well as switch between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Opponents per Target&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Manage Phase&#039;s Arrows per Set&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Arrows per Set== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Individual-Arrows.png|thumb|Arrows and Ends Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
Fields need to be checked, especially when creating new events. Each event has 2 lines, one for &amp;quot;Elimination&amp;quot; phases (up to 1/8 included) and one for &amp;quot;Finals&amp;quot; phases (1/4, 1/2, Medals) as ends and arrows per end might change between the 2. Blue and Green dots will show how the phases will be shot. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Targets Number== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Individual-Targets.png|thumb|Target Assignment for Grids]]&lt;br /&gt;
First select the event to work on. A grid will appear based on the selections set in [[#Archers on Targets]]: One field for both opponents if 2 archers per target (they will be assigned as 1A and 1B), one field per opponent if one archer per target. There are some shortcuts to ease the target assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
This setup is mandatory in case of:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ISK|ISK-NG]] is planned for electronic scoring&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Competition#Final_Field_of_Play_Layout|Field of Play]] printout for field management&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Individual Finals#Score|Athletes Sheets]] with assigned target box in case of win&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scheduling== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Individual-Schedule.png|thumb|Match Scheduling]]&lt;br /&gt;
As before, first select the event to work on. A grid will appear where information can be inserted for every match or globally for a whole phase. Each Phase has at the top the fields to insert a date (format day-month-year), a time and an optional duration of the match. Once set, clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;Set To All&#039;&#039;&#039; will fill all matches in that phase with the same value.&lt;br /&gt;
After the very first schedule has been done, a dropdown menu will also appear, filled in by all the scheduled matches already set. From the following phase a shortcut is offered to speed up the process: inserting &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; and the number of minutes of offset in the &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; field and a duration, clicking on &amp;quot;Set to all&amp;quot; will automagically calculate the correct time and fill in the whole phase. It is also possible to select an already planned schedule from the drop down selector and click on &amp;quot;set to all&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
This setup is mandatory in case of:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ISK|ISK-NG Pro/Live]] is planned for electronic scoring&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Competition#Final_Field_of_Play_Layout|Field of Play]] printout for field management&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Warm Up Schedule== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Competition/Warm_Up_Schedule]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manage Running Events== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Running-Events.png|thumb|Running Events Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the gathering of scoring (manual or electronic) is not at the same end for everybody: competitions with categories shooting over multiple sessions, Field, 3D, ISK-NG in lite mode. This pages comes in handy as it calculates (and shows) results as average arrow points up to 3 decimals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The first column of each Round shows the lowest and highest arrows shot for each event.{{Note|text=It is important to have [[Participants#IRM]] correctly set up in order to have consistency on these numbers}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Competition]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition/Edit_Competition_Info&amp;diff=4529</id>
		<title>Competition/Edit Competition Info</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition/Edit_Competition_Info&amp;diff=4529"/>
		<updated>2026-07-13T06:21:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Marked this version for translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Competition Info == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Info-Edit.png|thumb|Edit Competition Info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Edit Competition Info =&amp;gt; Competition Info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will show the same page as the [[Competition#Create_a_Competition|Competition creation page]], but with one field more:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lookup Table&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some Federations have decided to help organizers delivering a regularly updated list of their archers including their current club/country assignment and preferred category of shooting. In case this lookup table is changed after some athletes are in, a &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set all Entries to: XXX&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button will appear to align all entries to that lookup table. This table is populated by [[Participants/Athletes_Sync.|Athletes Sync.]]&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the page, a series of links will open the most basic settings to be checked:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[#Session|Shooting Session Management]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[#Competition_Officials|Competition Officials Management]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[#Images|Image Management]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[#Divisions_and_Classes|Manage Divisions/Classes]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[#SubClasses|Manage SubClasses]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[#Advanced_Parameters|Advanced Parameters]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Images == &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Edit-Images.png|thumb|Competition Image Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Edit Competition Info =&amp;gt; Images&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will lead to a page where top left and right logos as well as the bottom banner can be uploaded. Best results will be achieved with square logos for top left and right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Main Institution logos should be placed top right, while the Competition logo should be placed top left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bottom banner is usually used for advertising sponsors and partners. It will be resized to be 1 cm high (0.39 inches), so take this into account when creating the bottom banner. The width of the bottom banner for A4 should be 19 cm (7.48 inches), 20 cm (7.87 inches) for Letter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Accepted formats are PNG (preferred for better printouts) and JPG, maximum size is 256KB.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|text=Remember to remove transparency if using PNG images!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Session == &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Edit Competition Info =&amp;gt; Session&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; page sets up the number of shooting sessions and their scheduling. Shooting sessions can be one after the other (like in many indoors) or simultaneous (like in field or 3D with multiple fields) or a mix of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Edit-Sessions.png|thumb|Session Management - Top part]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Top part: Session definition === &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On the top part, after selecting the number of sessions (up to 255) and pressing save. You can then set the number of target butts per session and the number of athletes shooting per target butt. {{Note|text=Don&#039;t forget to save your setup!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Edit-Sessions-Advanced.png|thumb|Advanced Session Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced ==== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;:Advanced:&#039;&#039;&#039; link leads to a page where some details of each session can be adjusted. The main &amp;quot;Session&amp;quot; page was referring to the &amp;quot;Qualification&amp;quot; part of the competition, in the advanced page the &amp;quot;session&amp;quot; is more related to the shooting moments of the competition: qualification, elimination rounds, elimination matches, medal matches, etc. The image shows an example of Qualification Sessions and Matches Sessions. {{Note|text=Don&#039;t forget to save your setup!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Edit-Sessions-Bottom.png|thumb|Session Management - Bottom part]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bottom part: Scheduling === &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On the bottom part of the page, session per session and distance per distance, some settings are mandatory:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ends&#039;&#039;&#039;: number of ends for the distance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Arrows&#039;&#039;&#039;: number of arrows per end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other fields are optional and will be used both for Scheduling and for the field layout&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039;: date the distance will be shot&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Warm Up&#039;&#039;&#039;: time when the warmup will start&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length&#039;&#039;&#039;: duration of the warmup in minutes&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Starting Time&#039;&#039;&#039;: time when the distance will start&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length&#039;&#039;&#039;: duration of the distance in minutes. If no values are set for the other distances, consider placing the full qualification time here.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Schedule notes&#039;&#039;&#039;: comments that will be put in the schedule&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|text=modifications in these fields are automatically saved leaving the field: the value will change in blue or green to show the change}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced ==== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Advanced&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button two more fields will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ends to Shoot&#039;&#039;&#039;: number of ends to shoot in that distance: 0 means all&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ends Offset&#039;&#039;&#039;: End offset from which to accept scores: 0 is the first end, 1 is the second, etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These fields control situation like, for example, a field of 60 targets to shoot in 3 days, 20 targets per day: instead of creating scorecards with 60 lines, it is better to divide in 3 distances, the first ranging from target 1 to 20 (20 Ends to Shoot, 0 offset), the second distance from 21 to 40 (20 Ends to Shoot, 20 offset), the third distance from 41 to 60 (20 Ends to Shoot, 40 offset),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Competition Officials == &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Edit-Officials.png|thumb|Competition Officials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Edit Competition Info =&amp;gt; Competition Officials&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; opens the page of competition officials (Judges, Jury of Appeal, Chairpersons, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
A person is added filling the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Bib&#039;&#039;&#039;: the bib of the person (usually its license number)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Local Bib&#039;&#039;&#039;: the local ID of the person if different from the bib&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Family Name&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Given name&#039;&#039;&#039;: person name. If a person has only one patronyme, input it in the Family Name field.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;: At the moment only M(ale) and F(emale) are available&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Country Code&#039;&#039;&#039;: club/country code. Use the IOC accpeted codes if the country.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Country Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: club/country full name&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: function inside the competition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the lens will show a search popup to select people already in the competition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom are the PDF of the officials. The one with the Olympic Rings always means Standard ORIS Printout.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Divisions and Classes == &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Edit Competition Info =&amp;gt; Divisions and Classes&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; shows a page divided in two sections. These are usually preset based on the ruleset and format of the competition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Edit-Divisions.png|thumb|Competition Divisions]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Top Part === &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To insert a division, input the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Division&#039;&#039;&#039;: up to 4 characters code for the division: choose the code wisely as it is used throughout ianseo.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: description of the division&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Para/IPC&#039;&#039;&#039;: defines if a division is para or not&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Athlete&#039;&#039;&#039;: defines if the division is for competing athletes or support (coaches, delegation officials, staff, media, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order&#039;&#039;&#039;: order in which the divisions will be listed&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Edit-Classes.png|thumb|Competition Classes]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bottom Part === &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Classes are groups of archers base on age. Sometimes, an archer of one age group can shoot in another age group, as for example a U18 shooting in U21 or in an adult class. Age is the age that the person has by december 31st of the year of the competition&lt;br /&gt;
To insert a class, input the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Age Class&#039;&#039;&#039;: up to 4 characters code for the class: choose the code wisely as it is used throughout ianseo.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Gender&#039;&#039;&#039;: M(ale), F(emale) or U(nisex) are the available options&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: description of the class&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Para/IPC&#039;&#039;&#039;: defines if a class is para or not&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Athlete&#039;&#039;&#039;: defines if the class is for competing athletes or support (type of coach, delegation officials, staff, media, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order&#039;&#039;&#039;: order in which the classes will be listed&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: minimum age (included) to be selected in this class&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;To Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: maximum age (included) to be selected in this class&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignable Classes&#039;&#039;&#039;: the classes this class allows to switch. A comma based list of classes, containing at least itself.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Allowed Div. (empty for all)&#039;&#039;&#039;: a comma-separated list of divisions where this class is available (empty if universal)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the very bottom of the page are two shortcuts for:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[#Manage Distances|Manage distances]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[#SubClasses|Manage SubClasses]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SubClasses == &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Edit-SubClasses.png|thumb|Subclass Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Edit Competition Info =&amp;gt; SubClasses&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; offers the possibility to set up a number of subclasses to further rank a given category into sub groups. Usually these are the levels of the archers or the flighting groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage Distances == &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Edit-Distances.png|thumb|Distance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Edit Competition Info =&amp;gt; Manage Distances&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; shows the distance management for each and every athlete category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Filter on Division/Class&#039;&#039;&#039;: this field must be written so that no category (archer&#039;s division and class) can be chosen by two or more filters. Some jolly characters can help reduce the number of rows and group some categories that shoot at the same distance:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;_&amp;quot; (underscore)&#039;&#039;&#039;: this matches exactly one single character, so &amp;quot;OL_&amp;quot; will match &amp;quot;OLM&amp;quot; &amp;quot;OLF&amp;quot; but not &amp;quot;OLU18&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;%&amp;quot; (percent)&#039;&#039;&#039;: this matches any sequence of characters. The most basic filter would be a single &amp;quot;%&amp;quot; sign to match all categories, if all shoot at the same distances. &amp;quot;C%&amp;quot; will match all categories starting with &amp;quot;C&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;.1., .2., .3.&#039;&#039;&#039;: for each distance, insert the specific name for that distance. Eg: &amp;quot;18m-1&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Unknown&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Marked&amp;quot;,...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=reminder|text=If you suddenly have duplicate archers for a given category, most likely you have overlapping definitions in the filter: edit them to remove the inconsistency}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the page you have again an editable reminder of the [[#Bottom_part:_Scheduling|Sessions scheduling]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage Targets == &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Edit-Targetfaces.png|thumb|Targetface Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Edit Competition Info =&amp;gt; Manage Targets&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; allows the definition of target faces (default and optional) for the categories and distances. {{Note|type=warning|text=It is not recommended to change the default values.}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: Name of the target face. Once saved, editing the target definition gears appear, clicking which a subform appears where some items might be defined if different than the global values (set in the [[#Advanced Parameters|Advanced Parameters]]):&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;1st Tie-Breaker Label&#039;&#039;: how to call the Gold (first tie breaker). Usually &amp;quot;10+X&amp;quot; in target archery or &amp;quot;10&amp;quot; in indoors&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;2nd Tie Breaker Label&#039;&#039;: how to call the XNines (second level tie breaker). Ususally &amp;quot;X&amp;quot; in target archery and &amp;quot;9&amp;quot; in indoors&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Points as 1st Tie-Breaker&#039;&#039;: Points to count as the first level tie breaker. Usually X in target, 10 in indoors&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Points as 2nd Tie-Breaker&#039;&#039;: Points to count as the second level tie breaker. Usually 10 in target, 9 in indoors&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Filter on Division/Class&#039;&#039;&#039;: This filter is the combination of Division and class to match the category of the athlete. Two characters can be used as jolly:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;_&amp;quot; (underscore)&#039;&#039;: matches a single character. So &amp;quot;C_&amp;quot; will match &amp;quot;CM&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;CF&amp;quot; but not &amp;quot;CMW&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;%&amp;quot; (percent)&#039;&#039;: matches any number of characters. The most basic filter is &amp;quot;%&amp;quot; that will match every category. &amp;quot;BB%&amp;quot; will match &amp;quot;BBM&amp;quot; as well as &amp;quot;BBU21W&amp;quot; but not &amp;quot;BW&amp;quot; nor &amp;quot;MBB2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Filter on Division/Class (RegExp)&#039;&#039;&#039;: this field is restricted to advanced users and allows to use [[https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/8.4/en/regexp.html#regexp-syntax|REGEXP]] (Regular Expressions) to match more in detail several categories at once&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;.1., .2., .3., ...&#039;&#039;&#039;: For each distance select a target type and a diameter. After saving a target definition, upon editing a gear appears, to specify more in detail the 2 tie breakers that might be defined if different than the global values (set in the [[#Advanced Parameters|Advanced Parameters]]) or the Target face specific values.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Set as default&#039;&#039;&#039;: Check to define this target as the default target for the categories selected by the filter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=reminder|text=The same category can be selected by more than one filter allowing an archer to select among multiple target faces, eg indoors full target or triple }}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Parameters == &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Edit-Advanced.png|thumb|Advanced Parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
This page is not referenced in the menu, as the settings are critical and once set must not be tampered with. {{Note|type=error|text=Change the values in here only if you know what you&#039;re doing!}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;# Distances&#039;&#039;&#039;: number of distances of the qualification round. Eg 1440 Round has 4 distances, standard indoors have 2 distances.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;# Ends&#039;&#039;&#039;: number of ends (of 3 arrows) per distance.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max Distance Score&#039;&#039;&#039;: maximum score per distance. Calculated based on the maximum number of arrows * the maximum score for the target face&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max Individual Final Score&#039;&#039;&#039;: maximum score in an individual match&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Max Team Finals Score&#039;&#039;&#039;: maximum score in a team match. Calculated based on the maximum number of arrows * the maximum score for the target face&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Tournament Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: type of tournament&lt;br /&gt;
** Outdoor Tournament&lt;br /&gt;
** Indoor Tournament&lt;br /&gt;
** Field Tournament&lt;br /&gt;
** 3D Tournament&lt;br /&gt;
** Other (Use for Run archery, or custom formats) &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Team Elaboration Mode&#039;&#039;&#039;: team composition type. Valid only for &amp;quot;Regular teams&amp;quot; as opposed to &amp;quot;Events Teams&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
** Standard Team Configuration of 3 Archers of the same Div/Class&lt;br /&gt;
** Field Team Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
** 3D Team configuration&lt;br /&gt;
** No DivClass Teams - Means there will be no Div/Class	Teams generated&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Eliminations&#039;&#039;&#039;: presence of an individual elimination round between qualification and match play.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;1st Tie-Breaker Label&#039;&#039;&#039;: The description for the first level tiebreak - used in the results printouts and scorecards&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;2nd Tie-Breaker Label&#039;&#039;&#039;: The description for the second level tiebreak - again used in results and scorecard printouts&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points as 1st Tie-Breaker&#039;&#039;&#039;: comma-separated list of arrow values to calculate the first level tiebreak total when arrow values are fed to the system&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points as 2nd Tie-Breaker&#039;&#039;&#039;: comma-separated list of arrow values used to calculate the second level tiebreak total when arrow values are fed to the system&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Double&#039;&#039;&#039;: defines if the competition is a double or not, eg double 70m round, 25+18 indoor, etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Competition]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=4490</id>
		<title>ISK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=4490"/>
		<updated>2026-07-13T06:18:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Marked this version for translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== ISK (Scorekeeper NG) == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu option is available when using the Scorekeeper NG app and provides access to functions that work specifically with the app. These functions help you configure and control the app as well as providing information regarding the status of the apps while in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three modes of operation using the app -- &#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;. Some of the options shown in this menu are only relevant for certain modes and will not be shown for other modes.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to use the app with i@nseo and score points directly at the target; it supports basic scoring functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; activates more advanced features in both the app and i@nseo, is focused on professional competitions, and allows you to configure the devices directly from Ianseo and see real-time status of each device and archer when scoring. Any competition can be Lite, but Pro competitions require a license key that can be obtained from ianseo.net.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; is similar to Pro and is also used for professional competitions, but is for very advanced users that require more precise control of the scoring devices. Live requires the use of an extra module to provide fast two-way communication with the devices as well as special licensing requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device Management (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Device Management function which allows you to see which devices are connected to i@nseo, their last known status, and functions to change the configuration of the devices. An example of this screen is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The devices can be assigned to targets by clicking on the target number and entering a new one, and also a new group can be assigned as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The cloud under the &#039;Reload configuration&#039; is green when the device has confirmed receipt of the configuration, if it is grey then the device has not confirmed it has received the current configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-DeviceManagement.png|none|thumb|1000x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Results (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Results function which allows you see the currently connected devices and the current status of the results reporting from the devices. Each target is shown separately with the individual squares for each archer. As the archers score the arrows, the color of the title and squares will change automatically. A legend showing the colors and their meanings is shown below the target list. Clicking on the &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; (info) icon will bring up a list of the archers on the target; during scoring, the arrow values will be shown next to each archer. The arrows values can be Removed or Imported by clicking on the buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archers have finished scoring, the squares should be yellowish in color. This means the arrows are in a temporary table and not in the official results table. Each individual target can be imported manually, if desired, or all targets can be imported at the same type by clicking the Import button. This manual process can be eliminated by checking the box for the Auto Import checkbox. It is also possible to automatically import an entire class of archers when the last arrow for that class has been entered for the end by checking the Auto Import Partials checkbox. When all the targets have finished scoring and the results imported, you can move to the next end by changing the value in the end field. This will display the scoring status for that end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The frame around each device is red or green depending on the status of the application being connected (not the device, as the device may be on, but the app not open or running) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Scorekeeper NG app has an offline cache to save arrow values if the WiFi/network connection should be interrupted. If this happens, the connection status icon in the app will change to red. Any arrows entered while offline will be saved locally in the device. Once the connection is restored, the cached arrow values will be sent to Ianseo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-Results.png|none|thumb|1000x273px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Field Monitor (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option can be used in conjunction with the Results page to monitor the progress of scoring. It shows similar information regarding scoring and colors with the main difference being that targets that have finished scoring are removed from the screen so only targets that are still scoring arrows are shown. This is useful for field crew to provide an overview of the field and monitor which targets are still actively scoring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-FieldMonitor.png|none|thumb|1000x217px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get Info (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to specify the device (or range of devices) that you want to interrogate. After entering the target numbers separate by commas, or a &#039; - &#039; for a range i.e. 1-10, select Ok and then the device will populate. If they are online you will be able to expand the device details and see things such as IP address / wifi info etc, and then on the right side of the screen you can interrogate the stored scorecard on the device to check the athletes present and the arrow values, scores and other settings stored per athlete, per scorecard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Print QR Configuration Codes=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option will generate the QR code necessary to configure the Scorekeeper NG app which will allow it to connect to the i@nseo computer. Before this can be used, the Scorekeeper app will need to be activated in the main Competition Information and the appropriate parameters entered. When the option is chosen, a pdf page will be generated containing the competition information and the QR code needed by the app. Scanning this QR code in the app should properly configure the app and it should connect to the i@nseo computer.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISKProSetup.png|center|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Print Target Scoring QRCode Sheet === &amp;lt;!--T:20 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows you to print the QR codes to configure the Scorekeeper NG app with the requested targets to score for a specific Session, Target, and Distance with using the Lite mode. This will generate the same QR codes that can be found on the scorecards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get QRCode Data (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Using this screen allows you to scan the devices generated QR code (on the device go to settings &amp;gt; Qr Codes &amp;gt; Scorecard - Generate ) and then you can scan back the devices data if you have lost network connectivity, or have no internet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manage Locked Sessions (Lite only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen it is possible to prevent devices from scoring in particular distances or sessions which allows you to manage the integrity of result. You can also generate a report using the PDF icons for those sessions/distances to show how many people have scored the correct number of arrows to allow you to keep track of the progress.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lockedsessions.png|center|frameless|906x906px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rank Calculation Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:RnkReCalc.png|center|frameless|1006x1006px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen it is possible to manage the way the ranking is re-calculated as scores are imported. It is also possible to forcibly import scores from the temporary state, which is similar to using the import function on the results screen in Pro/Live&lt;br /&gt;
Extra care needs to be taken to ensure you understand the implication of changing the import method vs what is displayed outwardly on things like PDFs or live updates to the internet if the settings are changed. (i.e. changing to recalculate at the end of a distance means the positions wont change during the distance but any intermediate updates would show new scores, and not a changed order of the athletes) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Device Grouping=== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In some competitions it may be that athletes have not turned up to shoot, and therefore leave one person on a buttress. In these cases you can turn on device grouping, and either select a grouping for a few targets, or all targets in grouping mode so you can modify during the event if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can create bulk groups using the option at the bottom, specify how many in a group and the target range needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to edit a group, select the pencil to the left and you can the targets in the group, and click the save icon, or you may delete the group completely with the little dustbin icon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{Note|type=warn|text=After changing, adding or removing targets to groups you will need to go to the device management and resend the configuration for the target(s) in question, or the whole field depending what you have done}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DevGroup.png|center|frameless|890x890px]]&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scorecard Management=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an extra module made available on demand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Participants/Accreditation&amp;diff=4471</id>
		<title>Participants/Accreditation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Participants/Accreditation&amp;diff=4471"/>
		<updated>2026-07-12T17:59:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Marked this version for translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Page in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Accreditation-Menu.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Accreditation is an essential part of the pre-competition management: check-in, picture uptake, accreditation badge delivery, etc can be done from these pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The menu is divided into 3 main blocks: the first block deals with the actual accreditation desk operations, the middle block is the setup of fees in case billings are needed, including entries that have a free entrance, the third block are the printout parts: badges including badge creation and specific accreditation desk printouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accreditation == &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Accreditation-Options.png|thumb|center|Main Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Session selection: no selection selects all sessions&lt;br /&gt;
# Accreditation option&lt;br /&gt;
# Based on the option selected some filters can apply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All pages &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; in the same way: a list of entries is presented, clicking on the Bib number a popup opens to manage that specific entry option. If the entry code is printed as a bar code on an accreditation card, a bar code reader can be used to scan the badge and confirm the operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page a series of filters can be applied to select by name, country, category, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the features takes into account a bill system, provided it has been set correctly ([[#|see later]])&lt;br /&gt;
===Take Accreditation Picture=== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Not to be confused with the main item having the same title ([[#Take_Accreditation_Picture_2|see later]]). This page lists the entries that need a picture or already has one. Due to the browsers security concerns, this page is not maintained anymore and will probably be removed in a future release. USB Webcams or IPcameras can be used: check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Setup&#039;&#039;&#039; (in the title bar) and follow instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If a webcam (external or internal) will be used, the most important step is installing VLC (Videolan) on the computer that will have the camera attached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* internal webcam in linux is called /dev/video0 so default external webcam will be /dev/video1. Of course if the computer the webcam is atteched to has no internal webcam you need to adjust the command adding &amp;quot;/dev/video0&amp;quot; at the end, like in:&lt;br /&gt;
    bash /...../VLC-Linux.sh /dev/video0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Payments=== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As for all other pages in this menu, the list shows the entries that are expected to pay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accreditation=== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is the actual page to use to acknowledge entries that are actually there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Equipment Inspection=== &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This page helps judges during the equipment inspection procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Take Accreditation Picture == &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Through this option, the user can manage the parameters needed for&lt;br /&gt;
shooting pictures for athletes that don’t have one in the official database (see Figure 2.28). When an&lt;br /&gt;
athlete doesn’t have a picture in the system, the program returns an error, highlighting the corresponding&lt;br /&gt;
row, as shown in the following picture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Memo| Figure 2.28: Taking Athletes Pictures and system errors (Missing Photo). }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fees setup == &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the payment page displays only two drop-down menus and a box, where the user can type the&lt;br /&gt;
tournament fees for every division and class combination (see Figure 2.29). As for the previous screens,&lt;br /&gt;
by pressing and holding CTRL, the user can select more items at the same time. Once the selection is&lt;br /&gt;
complete, the user can upload the fees into the system by clicking on the ‘Save’ button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Memo| Figure 2.29: Setting the tournament fees. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Athletes fees status == &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As it can be easily understood, through this option, the user can manage athletes that,&lt;br /&gt;
for several reasons, won’t have to pay for participating in the tournament. Searching and selecting these&lt;br /&gt;
athletes from the drop-down menu, in the Payment page, the user can choose if any archer will have&lt;br /&gt;
to pay the tournament fees (‘Yes’), or not (‘No’; see Figure 2.30). If any archer won’t have to pay these&lt;br /&gt;
fees, the user will be able to edit the archers details as any other one, during the Accreditation procedure,&lt;br /&gt;
with the only difference that tournament revenues won’t be changed accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Memo| Figure 2.30: Setting Nonpaying Archers. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accreditation colors management == &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This function enables the user to manage colors for Accreditation&lt;br /&gt;
badges, depending on the access rights granted to different participants classes (see Figure 2.31).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Print Accreditation Badges == &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Printout ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Output&amp;diff=4002</id>
		<title>Output</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Output&amp;diff=4002"/>
		<updated>2026-06-24T13:40:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Marked this version for translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On this page there are some various menu options that configure different output opportunities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TV Output == &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can configure the TV Outputs for rolling leaderboards and screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name in the Box next to the &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;New rule&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button and then click on the button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the page that appears Select the &#039;Add Tournament Content&#039; at the bottom of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From the options presented you can select what data you want to display, what the text size should be, how long it takes to rotate through the page, and then also show/hide various fields depending on what you have selected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After configuring the page select the &#039;Save&#039; Button at the bottom of the page, and then on the next screen press either Add Tournament content (or add Multimedia content) as desired or click back again to see the rule in place. you can then open the rule up in one of the three modes using the various links (Light, CSS or Standard) and view the output, or you can create new outputs as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TV Output Channels == &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can set a channel to show a specific output without needing to be in the Ianseo session. This is useful for remote TV&#039;s or big screen outputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
First click on &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add a new empty Channel&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can set an order, a height (no height will be 100%) and then select the competition, the rule that is relevant (as created above) or other parameters as you wish &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking   &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;View Channel&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will show you a preview of the channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking  &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Refresh Channel Contents&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will force a remote refresh of all channels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking  &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Horizontal Split&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will add a divide so you can show more than one item of content in the channel at once &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Channels can then be accessed via http://IP.OF.IANSEO/tv.php?id=CHANNEL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Spotting == &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Spotting view is an integrated CIS, allowing people like commentators to follow the event in front of them and see information&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CIS.png|none|thumb|757x757px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You get to select if you want to see the match presentation, biography of the archers, or the scorecard for the match in progress, the options cna be selected in the middle of the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If there is a live match, then there will be a Red button in the middle that says Live Match which will load that event. Otherwise you can use the [Select match] button and pick exactly the match you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Show TV Live Score == &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in spotting mode for data entry, and click on the &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Live Match&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;  button, then this screen shows a basic output of the match score. useful at low level club events, or for putting on a laptop in front of the athletes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage TV Flags == &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FlagPick.png|none|thumb|943x943px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Should your event require flags for the presentations, this module will allow you to present them in a basic way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly you can select the event by clicking on the item in red so that those flags are picked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom you can set a background colour, and by clicking &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choose File&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; you can pick a specfic background (using Upload and delete as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then clicking &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Raise Flags&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; allows you to raise the flags in the image window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Show TV Flags== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Show TV Flags opens a window, that has three flagpoles on (and also if you set a background in the Manage TV flags window, then this will appear behind) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once Raise Flags is clicked in the Manage window the flag graphics make their way up the relevent flagpoles. SVG images of the club/country flags need to be present so they can have the flutter effect applied as they raise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Output&amp;diff=4000</id>
		<title>Output</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Output&amp;diff=4000"/>
		<updated>2026-06-24T10:13:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On this page there are some various menu options that configure different output opportunities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TV Output ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can configure the TV Outputs for rolling leaderboards and screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name in the Box next to the &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;New rule&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button and then click on the button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the page that appears Select the &#039;Add Tournament Content&#039; at the bottom of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the options presented you can select what data you want to display, what the text size should be, how long it takes to rotate through the page, and then also show/hide various fields depending on what you have selected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After configuring the page select the &#039;Save&#039; Button at the bottom of the page, and then on the next screen press either Add Tournament content (or add Multimedia content) as desired or click back again to see the rule in place. you can then open the rule up in one of the three modes using the various links (Light, CSS or Standard) and view the output, or you can create new outputs as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TV Output Channels ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can set a channel to show a specific output without needing to be in the Ianseo session. This is useful for remote TV&#039;s or big screen outputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First click on &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add a new empty Channel&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can set an order, a height (no height will be 100%) and then select the competition, the rule that is relevant (as created above) or other parameters as you wish &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking   &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;View Channel&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will show you a preview of the channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking  &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Refresh Channel Contents&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will force a remote refresh of all channels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking  &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Horizontal Split&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will add a divide so you can show more than one item of content in the channel at once &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Channels can then be accessed via http://IP.OF.IANSEO/tv.php?id=CHANNEL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Spotting ==&lt;br /&gt;
Spotting view is an integrated CIS, allowing people like commentators to follow the event in front of them and see information&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CIS.png|none|thumb|757x757px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get to select if you want to see the match presentation, biography of the archers, or the scorecard for the match in progress, the options cna be selected in the middle of the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is a live match, then there will be a Red button in the middle that says Live Match which will load that event. Otherwise you can use the [Select match] button and pick exactly the match you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Show TV Live Score ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in spotting mode for data entry, and click on the &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Live Match&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;  button, then this screen shows a basic output of the match score. useful at low level club events, or for putting on a laptop in front of the athletes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage TV Flags ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FlagPick.png|none|thumb|943x943px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Should your event require flags for the presentations, this module will allow you to present them in a basic way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly you can select the event by clicking on the item in red so that those flags are picked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom you can set a background colour, and by clicking &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Choose File&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; you can pick a specfic background (using Upload and delete as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then clicking &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Raise Flags&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; allows you to raise the flags in the image window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Show TV Flags==&lt;br /&gt;
The Show TV Flags opens a window, that has three flagpoles on (and also if you set a background in the Manage TV flags window, then this will appear behind) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once Raise Flags is clicked in the Manage window the flag graphics make their way up the relevent flagpoles. SVG images of the club/country flags need to be present so they can have the flutter effect applied as they raise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Qualification&amp;diff=3993</id>
		<title>Qualification</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Qualification&amp;diff=3993"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T15:42:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Page in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The qualification round is a key phase in each tournament, from local ones to the most important competitions in Archery. Qualification can be before match-play as normal, or as the only part of a tournament to give final results (e.g. a WA1440). Everything that is related to scoring, scorecards, and printouts is available in the Qualification item of the main menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Input Score ==&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The main feature in the scores management. Selecting this option, the software will open dropdown submenu with some other items, which are related to the different procedures through which users can input scores in i@nseo. Users can enter scores in the system in some separate ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Standard Table=== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qualification ScoringTable Simple.png|thumb|Input score, Standard Table]]&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired Session, Targets and Distance, clicking on &#039;&#039;OK&#039;&#039;, a screen with a spreadsheet layout will be displayed: here the user can input scores in a simple and fast way. Ticking the box &#039;&#039;G/X&#039;&#039;, the user can manage Xs and 10s (or 9s in indoor tournaments) that each athlete will shoot. Generally, this is a required activity during competitions; it can be skipped when the user needs to manage only some parts of scorecards and Tie-Break data is not relevant (e.g. for scoring at half distance).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this page and in all the others, when you enter a value and press &#039;Tab&#039; the cursor will move to the next cell, which is essential for entering data quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
When entering values into the boxes, if you enter a number that is invalid or conflicts with another, the box will turn yellow. That value will not be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the checks are carried out using the competition’s default settings, which can be modified in [[Competition/Edit_Competition_Info#Advanced_Parameters|Advanced Parameters]] (&#039;&#039;&#039;Change the values in this page only if you know what you&#039;re doing!&#039;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=reminder|text=Once scores of all archers have been input, or if a score is changed, the user has to click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Re-Build Teams&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Re-Calculate Distance Rank&#039;&#039;&#039; and, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Re-Calculate Final Rank&#039;&#039;&#039;. The software will open 3 different pop-ups: always click &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;OK&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The software will, then, generate the Final Rank for the tournament.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The user could also click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Save results for snapshot feature&#039;&#039;&#039;, to generate data for the real time displaying of ranks, but it is not necessary, unless there are visual electronic devices (TV or similar systems) in use, for they need to manage in real time the athletes ranks or positions in the entire competition. When not using the HHT or Electronic devices the results will be ranked and displayed only considering sessions and distances in the tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SetIRMStatus.png|thumb|IRM Status Setting]]&lt;br /&gt;
If an athlete decides to retire from the competition, or they have not shown up, the user can set the archers state using the &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button on the left side.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #FFD700; color: #000000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DNS-DID NOT START&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;: The athlete will still be counted in the tournament statistics (payments, targets list, and so on), but the software won’t let the user input any scores. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #3CB371; color: #ffffff;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DNF-DID NOT FINISH&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;: The athletes line will turn green, scores cannot be updated but the athlete will continue to the Head to Head event (if any) or receive a final rank from the qualification round&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #3CB371; color: #FFFFFF;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DNF-DID NOT FINISH (NO RANK)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;: The athlete will not receive a rank from the qualification round and will not continue into the Head to Head event&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a more detailed description of these states, see the [[Participants#IRM Status Management|IRM Status Management]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extended Table===&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:EnterScores ExtendedInput.png|thumb|Input score, Extended Table]]&lt;br /&gt;
It works just as the Standard Table. You can select all the distances to edit, or just one, but in addition to scores to be input the other distances totals are also shown. It is useful to check the scores that have been&lt;br /&gt;
previously input, have been entered without mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arrow by Arrow (Advanced users)===&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ArrowbyArrowInsert.png|thumb|Input score, Arrow by arrow-Advanced users]]&lt;br /&gt;
This function enables the user to manage the score of each arrow in an end for each athlete. This scoring method should not be used when scoring with electronic devices, if the arrow values need editing in this case then use the scorecards view during the verification process [[Qualification#Get_Score_Barcodes | verification process]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arrow by Arrow (Scorecards View)===&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ArrowbyArrowSC.png|thumb|Input score, Arrow by arrow-Scorecards View]]&lt;br /&gt;
This function works just as the previous method, but on a different view, that displays a chart, which is similar to a standard printed scorecard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Check Data Update===&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CheckDataUpdate.PNG|thumb|Check data updates]]&lt;br /&gt;
This command enables the user to check Data Updates of scores, when the&lt;br /&gt;
competition is managed with different networked computers. The table shows the target numbers and they change colour based on when they last updated their data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Snapshot Configuration===&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get Score Barcodes===&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ScorecardValidator.PNG|thumb|Check Scorecard using the Barcode]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is the area where, when using arrow-by-arrow scoring (e.g. Ianseo Scorekeeper NG / NG Pro) or not, you can validate the scorecards. &lt;br /&gt;
* Open the link&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the separator character in the box (usually a - ) or scan the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;separator&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; from the barcode printing page, and click &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Go&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the Distance and Session in the drop down boxes, and scan the first scorecard. &lt;br /&gt;
* Once you have scanned the first scorecard, and the values are all correctly matching the paper, scan the same scorecard again to confirm it, the target will vanish from the list of missing cards on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The other options after scanning are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit arrows: This will take you to the scorecard screen and allow you to edit the arrow values, or search for the mathematical error&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit totals: This will allow you to change the totals electronically recorded (although the WA rules allow you to alter the electronic arrows to match the paper and then use the electronic total) &lt;br /&gt;
* Remove 10: remove all the first tie break arrow totals (again if under WA rules the box is blank) &lt;br /&gt;
* Remove X/nine: remove all the second tie break arrow totals, as above&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove both: If needed and both boxes are blank.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reset both: Used if you have mistakenly removed the totals of the tie break arrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Print barcode Directives===&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to print a sheet to perform the barcode verification actions without needing to use a mouse during the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Export text file == &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This function enables the user to save a text file (.txt) with all&lt;br /&gt;
the scores input in the tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scorecard Printout ==  &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ScorecardPrintout.PNG|thumb|Scorecard Printout]]&lt;br /&gt;
This function has been recently optimized for being as adaptable as possible. The first part is split into two columns, where the user can manage all the variables needed for customizing the Scorecard Printout. Generally, to help users print what they need, the first part of the screen includes the REQUIRED options by default for a standard printed scorecard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Should the user need to print any other kind of scorecards (e.g. &#039;&#039;Only Data&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Only Target Number&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;Only Drawings&#039;&#039;), the screen offers a selection list (on the left), where the user can choose the options needed. The user can also modify a scorecard, to omit any text string, or picture included in the tournament using the boxes on the right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the scorecard type is selected and the final appearance is selected, the user can proceed to the actual printing page. In the lower row, the software shows some editable boxes, that enables the user to choose the Session and Number of Targets to be printed (and if empty targets are included or not). Once the Session is selected the target numbers autocomplete any empty part with all the available targets. Once Session and Targets are selected, the user has to choose the distance to be printed below the distance area. When electronic devices are in use for the automatic score management, the user can print scorecards created by the software with scores input directly by the archers, using the &#039;Print Scorecards filled in with all the value from single arrow&#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to print a manual collection slip using the &#039;Intermediate Results collecting paper&#039; option at the very bottom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Athlete Numbers == &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AthleteBadge.PNG|thumb|Athlete Numbers]]&lt;br /&gt;
This option enables the user to print the Athlete Numbers for the event. &lt;br /&gt;
* Open the page and select the badge type to &#039;Qualification Athlete number&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a name for the design (such as &#039;Athlete Number&#039; and click on &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Create new badge&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameters of the badge and move/add and remove elements click on &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Edit Badge&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The printing procedure is similar to the Scorecards one, for the user needs to select the desired Session and Targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Personal Rank ==&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PersonalRank.PNG|thumb|Personal Rank]]&lt;br /&gt;
This option enables the user to view a selected athlete in the referring Division and Class Ranking. As search values, the user can opt for the &#039;&#039;BIB number&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;Family Name&#039;&#039; or the &#039;&#039;Name of the archer&#039;&#039;. After clicking on &#039;&#039;OK&#039;&#039;, the software will open a page displaying the athlete position in the ranking (the corresponding row will be highlighted in yellow), together with the archers in the two places before and after the selected one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Class and Division Result Lists ==&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CDResults.PNG|thumb|Class and Division Result Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this item, the software will open all the printout layouts for the Qualification Rounds. On this page, the main function is represented by the central icon &#039;&#039;Class &amp;amp; Division Result List&#039;&#039;. Clicking on this command, the user can print the Division and Class Ranking, both in the &#039;&#039;Class &amp;amp; Division Result List - Individual&#039;&#039; and in the &#039;&#039;Class &amp;amp; Division Result List - Team&#039;&#039; lists. Similarly, the user can click on the corresponding command on the right and on the left, but, then, only Individual (left) or Team Rankings (right) will be printed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt; Below these options, the software offers another row of icons that enable the user to print the rankings, where Medals Winners are highlighted.  These commands enable the user to choose the rankings to be printed, by Division and Class, or extracting a specific number of places and scores (starting from a cutoff) and so on. It will also allow the user to print results based on subclasses, or various groupings if desired. It is recommended that a user checks the printouts they need in advance, and tests to ensure what they need is actually generated sensibly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Events (Ind/Team) Result Lists ==&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QRanking.PNG|thumb|Events (Ind/Team) Result Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
This page displays another set of printout layouts. From this page, the user can manage the printing of the tournament Qualification Round, the options are defined by the &#039;Events&#039; that are created for the Tournament defined in the areas below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Individual - [[Competition/Individual Events Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Team - [[ Competition/Team Events Setup ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These printouts are very important if in the tournament there is a scheduled elimination and final round, on the other hand, they are not necessary for any competition that is not including this kind of matches. The order of the printouts can be defined in the two event setup areas if required. As for the previous printout pages, there is a .pdf file in the central part of the screen, with the complete &#039;&#039;Qualification Round - Complete&#039;&#039; report, on the side columns. The user can find the &#039;&#039;Individual&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;Team&#039;&#039; ones separately too. In the other printout pages, there is a parameter section, with which the user can customize the layouts. Plus, the last default .pdf created by the software is &#039;&#039;Shoot Off/Coin Toss Status Printout&#039;&#039;, that immediately displays if there is any Shot-Off or Coin Toss to be broken, before proceeding to the Elimination and Final Round.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speaker ==&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This page displays the video printouts for the on-venue speaker. These printouts are mainly used in national and international events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Qualification]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Individual_Finals&amp;diff=3925</id>
		<title>Individual Finals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Individual_Finals&amp;diff=3925"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:51:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Reverted edits by Deligant (talk) to last revision by Rpotts&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Individual and Team Finals, also called Elimination (up to 1/8) and Final (from 1/4 to medals) Rounds, are usually the most important&lt;br /&gt;
stages in a tournament. Though they can seem hard to manage at first, once the user gets used to the basic management method, competitions will be much easier to manage as the process does not change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Set up ==&lt;br /&gt;
Settings are defined in [[Competition/Individual Events Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Check and resolve tie scores == &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Individual-Finals-menu-01.png|thumb|Individual Finals Menu - no ties solved]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-menu-02.png|thumb|Individual Finals Menu - some ties solved]]&lt;br /&gt;
Once the qualification scores are all verified, ties need to be checked and solved in order to send athletes from ranking round to the correct places in the brackets for individual match play. Ties can be solved through &#039;&#039;Shoot Offs&#039;&#039; (SO) or &#039;&#039;Coin Tosses&#039;&#039; (CT), depending on the rules of the competition. Usually SO are needed for the last positions in the &amp;quot;saved&amp;quot; places (the ones granting direct access to a different phase than the first one) or the last positions of the bracket places. Ties in other positions are usually solved with Coin Tosses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=error|text=Once ties are resolved, redoing the procedure will reset the shoot off position. This will also void any matches that have already occurred and reset them to their default position!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure starts selecting &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Individual Finals =&amp;gt; Check shoot-off before final phases&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, the submenu differ if no events have been checked or at least one has been solved. The red highlighted events in the menu item show which events have not been checked yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Individual-Finals-Ties-01.png|thumb|List of Events to check/checked]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Ties-04.png|thumb|Events list after tie score check]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of events to check is presented, on the left the dot shows the status of each event: a green dot means all done, a red dot means the check needs to be performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Checks need to be performed one event at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Individual-Finals-Ties-PDF.png|thumb|Tie score and SO scorecard PDF]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each Event, a recap of the number of SO and CT to be done is shown. A PDF with the scorecards for the SO can be printed to hand to the judges. Instead of a single status per Event, a global status can be printed from the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Individual Finals =&amp;gt; Shoot Off/Coin Toss Status Printout&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; menu item&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Individual-Finals-Ties-02.png|thumb|CT and SO panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Ties-03.png|thumb|Tie score panel after CT and SO]]&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on an Event, the ranking round results of the qualified archers is shown, with selects in case of CT (yellow rows) and selects+input fields to insert the points of the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Automatic Coin Toss Assignments&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button at the bottom right of the page helps speeding the CT by assigning randomly a position to the CT. SO need to be assigned manually based on the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|type=info|text=World Archery rules state that the SO points only serve to exclude or include archers from the brackets, the actual ranking inside/outside the brackets is done as usual based on regular tie breakers and CT}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Advanced Mode&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button on the bottom left of the page comes in handy if specific situations arise: you will be able to manually change all the positions to use in assigning archers to the bracket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is also the button to press to access the &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reset Data to situation before SO&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|type=error|text=Once the ties are solved, tampering with these items will bring up warning popups. Read carefully as unwanted actions will not be able to be undone!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export Text File== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the matches will be exported as semicolon separated values (.csv)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scorecard Printout==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Top of page===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Scorecards-01.png|thumb|Individual Finals Scorecards, top of page]]&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows to print scorecards for all matches of an archer on a single page, all matches of a single event or all matches of a single phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Checkboxes activate some options: very useful are the Barcodes printed on scorecards because it speeds up the score control and validation after the matches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To print the scorecards of a specific phase (provided a schedule has been created), select the phase from the dropdown item on the middle of the right side of the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Middle of page===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Scorecards-02.png|thumb|Individual Finals Scorecards, middle of page]]&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side is the &#039;all matches on one page&#039; scorecards for the different events&lt;br /&gt;
On the right side is is phase by phase scorecards, showing which scorecards can be printed (big icon) and which are not ready yet (little icon). &lt;br /&gt;
Underneath these it is possible to print blank versions of the scorecard varieties, useful for club sessions, or pre-printing and overlaying stickers if needed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|type=info|text=If you have a 1/64 or 1/48 round then you will also have an option to print the Final match scorecard separately as the all on one scorecards only carry 6 phases to a page (i.e. 1/64, 1/32, 1/16, 1/8, 1/4 and 1/2 finals on the page, and the Medal Match is separate) }}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nameplates===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Scorecards-03.png|thumb|Individual Finals Scorecards, Nameplates]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Nameplates.png|thumb|Individual Nameplates]]&lt;br /&gt;
Prints the nameplates to be put on the shooting line or at the targets. The targets of the following phases after winning the match can also be printed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Athlete Numbers==&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the Qualification Rounds, Athlete Numbers specific for the Final rounds can be printed ([[Qualification#Athlete_Numbers|see Qualification =&amp;gt; Athlete_Numbers]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Insert ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are many ways to insert results data in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Data insert (Bracket view)=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the fastest way of data input for Matches: Select the event to manage, and if ties need to be managed, and a bracket will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enable&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; the phase to manage and insert the final score of each match. Results are immediately saved and the archers transferred to the following phases when you press tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In case of a bye or a disqualification, the appropriate item needs to be selected from the dropdown menu. You will then be taken to the IRM management page if needed for: DNF, DNF (No Rank), DNS, DSQ, DQB.&lt;br /&gt;
* In case of SO, after inserting the SO result you should select &amp;quot;Tie Winner&amp;quot; from the dropdown. Indicating a closest to the centre if appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember to &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Disable&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; once you have finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IndivudalFinal Bracket.png|none|605x605px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Data insert (Table view)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In table view scores can be entered by schedule or selecting a specific phase from multiple events.&lt;br /&gt;
You can select either:&lt;br /&gt;
* The timed phase from the dropdown box (1) or;&lt;br /&gt;
* The Event and Round (2) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then need to select if you want to manage shootoffs (and the DNS/DNF/DQB status) (3) and if you want to enter the scores of event set for the set-based matches (4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=reminder|text=Remember the new rules for WA events require that the average arrow of the match an athlete lost in is used to give their final rank, so unless you are using electronic scoring you will need to enter the scores of every end for set-based competitions anyway to successfully fulfil the criteria.}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SelectTableEntry.png|none|605x605px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all scores are entered, pressing save at any point on the page will save all the results that are visible on the page and progress the winners to the next phase. At the top of the table there are some useful quick links:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;previous phase&#039;&#039;&#039; go back one phase for the same event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;next phase&#039;&#039;&#039; go to next phase of the same event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;brackets&#039;&#039;&#039; switch to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Data insert (Bracket view)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Next phase Scorecards&#039;&#039;&#039; prints next phase scorecards of this event if you are using match-by-match scorecards&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Next phase Names&#039;&#039;&#039; prints the next phase nameplates, if you are using them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:EnterTableEntry.png|none|605x605px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arrow by Arrow (Advanced users)===&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to edit the arrow by arrow results of all matches on the field either in a particular event and phase, or a total round. it is slower than the other methods, but useful if you need to validate scores or if some has messed up a scorecard (as sometimes happens at learning/domestic events) and you need to swap two athletes back round because they have the incorrect all in one scorecard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can select by schedule in the left side or you can select the Event and Phase in the middle&lt;br /&gt;
* Select which end number and the number of arrows to show (if you say end 2, and 3 arrows you will have arrows 4,5 and 6 shown to you) &lt;br /&gt;
* Click &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ok &amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to load the screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then enter or check the arrow values, enter any shootoff result, and also set the Tie/Bye/IRM status. &lt;br /&gt;
After entering the data click on the &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Next Phase&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button to move the winner to the next phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IndFinArrbyArr.png|none|941x941px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swap opponents===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The swap opponents feature is used if it is allowed for a ranked athlete to pick a shooting side in a match (i.e. the high rank may choose who is shooting first, and the other athlete may pick their target). Load the page, select the Event and phase of the match, and then next to the match click the &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Swap Opponents&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button to reverse the order.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IndvSwapOpponents.png|none|947x947px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Spotting===&lt;br /&gt;
This view allows you to insert scores on a match by match basis - used mainly in the finals range situation with spotting, or for editing the result of one match if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When loading the screen you will need to select:&lt;br /&gt;
* 1. Individual or Team&lt;br /&gt;
* 2. The event&lt;br /&gt;
* 3. The Phase&lt;br /&gt;
* 4. The Match&lt;br /&gt;
* 5. If you want the target face to appear so you can plot arrow positions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
then click &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ok&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to load the scorecard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InputMatchSC.png|none|975x975px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can select a series of other options:&lt;br /&gt;
* {{checkbox|unchecked}} Alternate Match - This will allow you to set a shooting first, and when you enter a value and press &#039;Tab&#039; the cursor will move to the next archer and the arrow as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* {{checkbox|unchecked}} Keypad Input - This will allow you to enter the scores by using the numpad on a keyboard, faster for spotting with scopes, but requires practice. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set live flag&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;- used when broadcasting matches on the web, this will make the match appear as the running match. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other Options&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Confirm End&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for both sides, this will confirm the result of the end. After both is confirmed the right shooting first archer is picked for the next end (if Alternate Match is selected). If the match is over the:&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Confirm Match&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button activates and allows you to confirm the match result.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Move Winner to Next Phase&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; activates once the match is confirmed, and will progress the winner to the next round.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Printout==&lt;br /&gt;
The printouts screen has a number of options. The printouts can come in a tabular view (the Adobe PDF icon) or ORIS format (the PDF icon with the Olympic Rings) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left (top to bottom)&lt;br /&gt;
* Brackets for all the Events&lt;br /&gt;
* Rankings for all the Events&lt;br /&gt;
* Ranking and Brackets combined for each event separately&lt;br /&gt;
* A select box with a series of tick boxes where you can pick what is printed for the selected events by choosing the items and then clicking the button below the options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right, the options are the same for the team events (if you have any)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle there are some other PDFs:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete Results Book - this is the complete results book for the event including match scorecards &lt;br /&gt;
* Complete Results Book (choose items) - Allows you to generate the complete results but with only some items in, there will be a selector screen that appears where you can pick&lt;br /&gt;
* Medal standing - this generates a medal table by Club/Country that have entered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Medal List - this generates a list per event of the Gold/Silver/Bronze winners. Useful as a reading sheet if you are running a simple shoot and need to present prizes quickly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IndFianlsPrintout.png|none|967x967px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Input Score==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the option for inputting the score using the barcode scanning, in the same way as the qualification round, the options and operation are the same as that section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Speaker== &lt;br /&gt;
Speaker view for match play allows you to follow the running competition. When the phases are moved on in the electronic scoring the &#039;Running Session&#039; button goes green and then when clicked will advance to the running session to match the Electronic Device configuration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/30/it&amp;diff=3859</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/30/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/30/it&amp;diff=3859"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:39:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;placeholder: Figura 4.14: Menu Stampe.&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/23/it&amp;diff=3857</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/23/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/23/it&amp;diff=3857"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:38:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;placeholder: Figura 4.13: Inserimento dati con tabella.&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/21/it&amp;diff=3855</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/21/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/21/it&amp;diff=3855"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:38:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;placeholder: Figura 4.12: Inserimento Bye e punteggi spareggi.&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/17/it&amp;diff=3853</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/17/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/17/it&amp;diff=3853"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:38:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;placeholder: Figura 4.11: Inserimento dati con griglie.&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/15/it&amp;diff=3851</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/15/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/15/it&amp;diff=3851"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:38:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;placeholder: Figura 4.10: Stampa Pettorale Atleti per gli Scontri Finali.&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/13/it&amp;diff=3849</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/13/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/13/it&amp;diff=3849"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:38:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;placeholder: Figura 4.9: pagina Stampa Score Fasi Finali.&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/7/it&amp;diff=3847</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/7/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/7/it&amp;diff=3847"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:38:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;placeholder: Figura 4.2: Gli spareggi ancora da risolvere, con punteggi pari merito e posizione in Classifica Finale&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/5/it&amp;diff=3845</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/5/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/5/it&amp;diff=3845"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:37:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;placeholder: Figura 4.1: Il menu che evidenzia gli spareggi da sistemare prima di iniziare le Fasi Finali&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/31/it&amp;diff=3843</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/31/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/31/it&amp;diff=3843"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:36:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Created page with &amp;quot;===Elenco Partecipanti=== Consente di stampare tutti i partecipanti in gara (vedi Figura 2.40 e Figura 2.41 nel Par. 2.4).&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Elenco Partecipanti===&lt;br /&gt;
Consente di stampare tutti i partecipanti in gara (vedi Figura 2.40 e Figura 2.41 nel Par. 2.4).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/16/it&amp;diff=3841</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/16/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/16/it&amp;diff=3841"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:34:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Inserimento dati con griglie===&lt;br /&gt;
Questo è il modo più efficiente di inserire i dati degli Scontri Eliminatori.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cliccando su questo comando, il software aprirà un menu a tendina, dal quale l&#039;utente potrà gestire l&#039;evento desiderato. Dopo aver scelto e confermato l&#039;opzione selezionata, l&#039;applicazione visualizzerà un modello a griglie, con la stessa struttura delle Eliminatorie e delle Fasi Finali, ma con nomi e caselle per l&#039;inserimento dei punteggi (vedere Figura 4.11).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/12/it&amp;diff=3839</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/12/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/12/it&amp;diff=3839"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:33:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Stampa Score===&lt;br /&gt;
Come da titolo, questo comando consente all&#039;utente di stampare gli score per gli scontri (vedere la Figura 4.9). Il software prevede due tipi di score: &#039;&#039;Score per singolo atleta con tutti gli scontri&#039;&#039; (a sinistra) e &#039;&#039;Score per singolo scontro&#039;&#039; (a destra). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Questi due tipi di score si differenziano solo per la loro praticità. I modelli di sinistra riuniscono tutti gli scontri delle Eliminatorie e delle Finali per un singolo atleta su un &#039;&#039;unico score&#039;&#039;, così facendo l&#039;arciere dovrà tenere lo score fino all&#039;ultimo scontro di gara; l&#039;altro modello di sinistra è diviso per &#039;&#039;scontro&#039;&#039;, come mostrato dalle separazioni nelle colonne.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dal punto di vista &#039;&#039;grafico&#039;&#039;, si consiglia di stampare ogni volta uno score vuoto, senza score precedenti di scontri Eliminatori e di Finale. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si suggerisce poi, di evitare l&#039;uso di questi score, tranne che per i tornei in cui sono in uso dispositivi elettronici di punteggio, o quando sono disponibili abbastanza volontari per raccogliere e riordinare gli score, perché l&#039;inserimento dei dati prima di procedere alla fase successiva del torneo potrebbe richiedere molto tempo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Come per le pagine di stampa precedenti, il software offre tutti i file necessari, suddivisi per scontri nella &#039;&#039;prima riga&#039;&#039;, per Divisione e Classe nella &#039;&#039;seconda riga&#039;&#039;, e per la selezione dell&#039;utente nella finestra a scorrimento &#039;&#039;nella parte più bassa&#039;&#039;. L&#039;utente può anche stampare le etichette per ogni singolo atleta per le Fasi Finali, proprio come per i Turni di Qualificazione. Allo stesso modo, nell&#039;area dei singoli score, l&#039;utente può stampare gli score compilato con i valori delle singole frecce (disponibile per i tornei in cui sono in uso dispositivi elettronici di punteggio).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scorrendo la pagina verso il basso, il software offre altre stampe, tra cui il Solo Schema dello Score (Pagina Singola) e infine, la possibilità di stampare i partecipanti alle Eliminatorie e alle Fasi Finali, facendo scegliere se stampare tutti gli arcieri o solo gli atleti desiderati.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/11/it&amp;diff=3837</id>
		<title>Translations:Individual Finals/11/it</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Individual_Finals/11/it&amp;diff=3837"/>
		<updated>2026-06-22T07:32:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;placeholder: Figure 4.8: menu delle finali individuali&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;placeholder: Figure 4.8: menu delle finali individuali&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Ianseo&amp;diff=3836</id>
		<title>Ianseo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Ianseo&amp;diff=3836"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T16:47:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== i@nseo: what’s that? == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo is a software for managing archery tournaments results, created as Open Source program, thanks to the initial support of the Italian Archery Federation ([https://fitarco.it Fitarco]). The Italian Federation then promoted its use to European Countries first, and a few months later i@nseo was used all around the world. After being translated into several languages (more than 30, though its user interface was originally created in Italian), i@nseo has become the world most bleeding edge software for managing archery competitions, the only one that embeds all the rules from World Archery (WA). It constantly evolves, not only to fulfill the new WA requirements, but also to meet the needs of all its stakeholders, from the most important Federations to common users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to i@nseo, managing an archery competition is made easy, head to tail, starting from accreditations and ending with printed documents, without forgetting the live video displaying of results (TV, Network, YouTube, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The software is also related to a working group, known as &#039;&#039;i@nseo Team&#039;&#039;, which boasts the best expertise in organizing and managing archery tournaments in the world. After the initial testing process (in the late ‘90s), i@nseo has become the italian official tournament management software in 2006. From that moment on, its creators used it to manage any kind of events in the archery world: Olympic Games, World Championships, European Championships, Grand Prix Rounds, World Games, Universiades, University Championships, World Archery Festivals, and many more, including run archery and Vegas Shoot shows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo as Team is also the official scorer for the Italian Archery Federation, World Archery Europe and several World Archery events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== i@nseo: a unique name == &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The acronym &#039;&#039;i@nseo&#039;&#039; comes not from the initial of its core group but from some selected letters extracted by its creators’ names, the so-called ‘i@nseo Core Group’:&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039; = Ard&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; (Ardingo Scarzella)&lt;br /&gt;
 @&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039; = A&#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;drea (Andrea Gabardi)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039; = Chri&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; (Christian Deligant)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039; = T&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;o (Matteo Pisani)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039; = Marc&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; (Marco Carpignano)&lt;br /&gt;
In the last years, some new members, in support of the main team, joined the creators group, helping them during some major events, where accuracy, coordination and organization is needed, creating a team, whose managing skills and organizing expertise are offered and guaranteed worldwide. This manual was originally conceived to give anyone the chance of exploring the program in all its functionalities and to increase the number of its users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ORIS Compliance == &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ORIS (&#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039;lympic &#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039;esults and &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;nformation &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;ervices) defines the contents of the results systems for each sport, including Archery. You can see it as a common way to lay lists, rank, results, medals, etc through the sports to ease reporters, media etc to understand what is what and who is who even if they do not have a comprehensive understanding of the sport. Ianseo is ORIS compliant: this means that competition&#039;s output in ORIS format (identified by a modified PDF Icon with the olympic rings in) are adapted from the Olympic and Paralympic Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Club, Country, Team == &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In Ianseo, Club and Country identify the same thing: a group of people shooting under the same &amp;quot;flag&amp;quot;. If actual countries, ianseo uses the IOC 3 letters country code convention. Clubs can have their own code or numbering sequence, depending on the federation/organiser. Throughout Ianseo the terms Club and Country are interchangeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A Team is ALWAYS created from archers of the same club. This is why there are up to 3 clubs for each archer, allowing to shoot individually for one club but being part of a different club for teams. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filters in Ianseo == &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In all the textual filters of ianseo the same convention is used:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;%&#039;&#039;&#039; (percent sign): this means any sequence of characters, even none!&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;_&#039;&#039;&#039; (underscore): this means exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples === &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;%&amp;quot; alone on a field will select everything&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;RU%&amp;quot; will select all the &amp;quot;Recurve Under&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;_U21_&amp;quot; will select RU21M, RU21W, CU21M, CU21W, BU21M, BU21W but not LBU21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Categories and Events == &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ianseo divide all participants in Divisions and Classes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Division&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;: it is usually the bow type: Recurve, Compound, Barebow, etc&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;: usually shows the function area: Judge, Official, Media, Guest, etc&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;: age class. An archer can be of an age class and decide to shoot in a different class, eg U21 shooting Adult. Classes are usually separate per gender, eg U21M and U21W.&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;: defines the function type inside the area: eg coach, team manager for Officials; Photographer, TV for Media; VIP, Delegation Official for Guests; etc &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A combination of Division and Class creates a Shooting Category: the results will be shown in the so called &amp;quot;Class and Division&amp;quot; printouts. In these ranking, teams are the traditional 3 persons teams of same category and club/country&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Events are the most powerful tool of Ianseo: one or more categories can be ranked together in a single event, individual or by team: for example, there can be an individual event mixing up all compound archers shooting on a 80cm face at 50m regardless of age and gender, or a team event made up of the best Compound Man, the best Compound Woman, the best 2 Recurve U21 regardless gender. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the elimination type and setup, each event can finish after the qualification round, or lead to brackets, or continue with elimination rounds, round robin, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Credits == &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Contributions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Official Pages&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| Language || Contributors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| [[File:Flag of Great Britain.svg|36px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| English &lt;br /&gt;
| Andy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Alessandra&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Translations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Netherlands.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
| Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[File:Flag of Italy.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Italian&lt;br /&gt;
| Luca&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paolo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;|[[File:Flag of France.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| French&lt;br /&gt;
| Adrien&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Alexandre&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fabien&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Guillaume&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Stéphane&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Sweden.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
| Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:I@nseo]][[Category:About us]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Ianseo/fr&amp;diff=3835</id>
		<title>Ianseo/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Ianseo/fr&amp;diff=3835"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T16:42:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Created page with &amp;quot;Category:I@nseoCategory:About us&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== i@nseo: what’s that? ==&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo is a software for managing archery tournaments results, created as Open Source program, thanks to the initial support of the Italian Archery Federation ([https://fitarco.it Fitarco]). The Italian Federation then promoted its use to European Countries first, and a few months later i@nseo was used all around the world. After being translated into several languages (more than 30, though its user interface was originally created in Italian), i@nseo has become the world most bleeding edge software for managing archery competitions, the only one that embeds all the rules from World Archery (WA). It constantly evolves, not only to fulfill the new WA requirements, but also to meet the needs of all its stakeholders, from the most important Federations to common users.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to i@nseo, managing an archery competition is made easy, head to tail, starting from accreditations and ending with printed documents, without forgetting the live video displaying of results (TV, Network, YouTube, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The software is also related to a working group, known as &#039;&#039;i@nseo Team&#039;&#039;, which boasts the best expertise in organizing and managing archery tournaments in the world. After the initial testing process (in the late ‘90s), i@nseo has become the italian official tournament management software in 2006. From that moment on, its creators used it to manage any kind of events in the archery world: Olympic Games, World Championships, European Championships, Grand Prix Rounds, World Games, Universiades, University Championships, World Archery Festivals, and many more, including run archery and Vegas Shoot shows.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo as Team is also the official scorer for the Italian Archery Federation, World Archery Europe and several World Archery events.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== i@nseo: a unique name ==&lt;br /&gt;
The acronym &#039;&#039;i@nseo&#039;&#039; comes not from the initial of its core group but from some selected letters extracted by its creators’ names, the so-called ‘i@nseo Core Group’:&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039; = Ard&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; (Ardingo Scarzella)&lt;br /&gt;
 @&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039; = A&#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;drea (Andrea Gabardi)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039; = Chri&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; (Christian Deligant)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039; = T&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;o (Matteo Pisani)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039; = Marc&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; (Marco Carpignano)&lt;br /&gt;
In the last years, some new members, in support of the main team, joined the creators group, helping them during some major events, where accuracy, coordination and organization is needed, creating a team, whose managing skills and organizing expertise are offered and guaranteed worldwide. This manual was originally conceived to give anyone the chance of exploring the program in all its functionalities and to increase the number of its users.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== ORIS Compliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
ORIS (&#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039;lympic &#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039;esults and &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;nformation &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;ervices) defines the contents of the results systems for each sport, including Archery. You can see it as a common way to lay lists, rank, results, medals, etc through the sports to ease reporters, media etc to understand what is what and who is who even if they do not have a comprehensive understanding of the sport. Ianseo is ORIS compliant: this means that competition&#039;s output in ORIS format (identified by a modified PDF Icon with the olympic rings in) are adapted from the Olympic and Paralympic Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Club, Country, Team ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In Ianseo, Club and Country identify the same thing: a group of people shooting under the same &amp;quot;flag&amp;quot;. If actual countries, ianseo uses the IOC 3 letters country code convention. Clubs can have their own code or numbering sequence, depending on the federation/organiser. Throughout Ianseo the terms Club and Country are interchangeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A Team is ALWAYS created from archers of the same club. This is why there are up to 3 clubs for each archer, allowing to shoot individually for one club but being part of a different club for teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Filters in Ianseo ==&lt;br /&gt;
In all the textual filters of ianseo the same convention is used:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;%&#039;&#039;&#039; (percent sign): this means any sequence of characters, even none!&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;_&#039;&#039;&#039; (underscore): this means exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;%&amp;quot; alone on a field will select everything&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;RU%&amp;quot; will select all the &amp;quot;Recurve Under&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;_U21_&amp;quot; will select RU21M, RU21W, CU21M, CU21W, BU21M, BU21W but not LBU21&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Categories and Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ianseo divide all participants in Divisions and Classes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Division&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;: it is usually the bow type: Recurve, Compound, Barebow, etc&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;: usually shows the function area: Judge, Official, Media, Guest, etc&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;: age class. An archer can be of an age class and decide to shoot in a different class, eg U21 shooting Adult. Classes are usually separate per gender, eg U21M and U21W.&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;: defines the function type inside the area: eg coach, team manager for Officials; Photographer, TV for Media; VIP, Delegation Official for Guests; etc&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A combination of Division and Class creates a Shooting Category: the results will be shown in the so called &amp;quot;Class and Division&amp;quot; printouts. In these ranking, teams are the traditional 3 persons teams of same category and club/country&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Events are the most powerful tool of Ianseo: one or more categories can be ranked together in a single event, individual or by team: for example, there can be an individual event mixing up all compound archers shooting on a 80cm face at 50m regardless of age and gender, or a team event made up of the best Compound Man, the best Compound Woman, the best 2 Recurve U21 regardless gender.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the elimination type and setup, each event can finish after the qualification round, or lead to brackets, or continue with elimination rounds, round robin, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Credits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Contributions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Official Pages&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| Language || Contributors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| [[File:Flag of Great Britain.svg|36px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| English &lt;br /&gt;
| Andy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Alessandra&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Translations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Netherlands.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
| Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[File:Flag of Italy.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Italian&lt;br /&gt;
| Luca&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paolo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Sweden.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
| Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:I@nseo]][[Category:About us]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Ianseo/7/fr&amp;diff=3834</id>
		<title>Translations:Ianseo/7/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Ianseo/7/fr&amp;diff=3834"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T16:42:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Created page with &amp;quot;Category:I@nseoCategory:About us&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:I@nseo]][[Category:About us]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Ianseo/fr&amp;diff=3833</id>
		<title>Ianseo/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Ianseo/fr&amp;diff=3833"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T16:42:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Created page with &amp;quot;{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; |+ Contributions |- !colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Official Pages |- !colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| Language || Contributors |- |rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| 36px  |rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| English  | Andy |- |Ken |- |Gerrit |- |Christian |- |Alessandra |- !colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Translations |- |36px | Dutch | Gerrit |- |rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|36px |rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Italian | Luca |- |Christian |- |Paolo |- |36px...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== i@nseo: what’s that? ==&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo is a software for managing archery tournaments results, created as Open Source program, thanks to the initial support of the Italian Archery Federation ([https://fitarco.it Fitarco]). The Italian Federation then promoted its use to European Countries first, and a few months later i@nseo was used all around the world. After being translated into several languages (more than 30, though its user interface was originally created in Italian), i@nseo has become the world most bleeding edge software for managing archery competitions, the only one that embeds all the rules from World Archery (WA). It constantly evolves, not only to fulfill the new WA requirements, but also to meet the needs of all its stakeholders, from the most important Federations to common users.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to i@nseo, managing an archery competition is made easy, head to tail, starting from accreditations and ending with printed documents, without forgetting the live video displaying of results (TV, Network, YouTube, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The software is also related to a working group, known as &#039;&#039;i@nseo Team&#039;&#039;, which boasts the best expertise in organizing and managing archery tournaments in the world. After the initial testing process (in the late ‘90s), i@nseo has become the italian official tournament management software in 2006. From that moment on, its creators used it to manage any kind of events in the archery world: Olympic Games, World Championships, European Championships, Grand Prix Rounds, World Games, Universiades, University Championships, World Archery Festivals, and many more, including run archery and Vegas Shoot shows.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo as Team is also the official scorer for the Italian Archery Federation, World Archery Europe and several World Archery events.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== i@nseo: a unique name ==&lt;br /&gt;
The acronym &#039;&#039;i@nseo&#039;&#039; comes not from the initial of its core group but from some selected letters extracted by its creators’ names, the so-called ‘i@nseo Core Group’:&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039; = Ard&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; (Ardingo Scarzella)&lt;br /&gt;
 @&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039; = A&#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;drea (Andrea Gabardi)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039; = Chri&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; (Christian Deligant)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039; = T&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;o (Matteo Pisani)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039; = Marc&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; (Marco Carpignano)&lt;br /&gt;
In the last years, some new members, in support of the main team, joined the creators group, helping them during some major events, where accuracy, coordination and organization is needed, creating a team, whose managing skills and organizing expertise are offered and guaranteed worldwide. This manual was originally conceived to give anyone the chance of exploring the program in all its functionalities and to increase the number of its users.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== ORIS Compliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
ORIS (&#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039;lympic &#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039;esults and &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;nformation &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;ervices) defines the contents of the results systems for each sport, including Archery. You can see it as a common way to lay lists, rank, results, medals, etc through the sports to ease reporters, media etc to understand what is what and who is who even if they do not have a comprehensive understanding of the sport. Ianseo is ORIS compliant: this means that competition&#039;s output in ORIS format (identified by a modified PDF Icon with the olympic rings in) are adapted from the Olympic and Paralympic Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Club, Country, Team ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In Ianseo, Club and Country identify the same thing: a group of people shooting under the same &amp;quot;flag&amp;quot;. If actual countries, ianseo uses the IOC 3 letters country code convention. Clubs can have their own code or numbering sequence, depending on the federation/organiser. Throughout Ianseo the terms Club and Country are interchangeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A Team is ALWAYS created from archers of the same club. This is why there are up to 3 clubs for each archer, allowing to shoot individually for one club but being part of a different club for teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Filters in Ianseo ==&lt;br /&gt;
In all the textual filters of ianseo the same convention is used:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;%&#039;&#039;&#039; (percent sign): this means any sequence of characters, even none!&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;_&#039;&#039;&#039; (underscore): this means exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;%&amp;quot; alone on a field will select everything&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;RU%&amp;quot; will select all the &amp;quot;Recurve Under&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;_U21_&amp;quot; will select RU21M, RU21W, CU21M, CU21W, BU21M, BU21W but not LBU21&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Categories and Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ianseo divide all participants in Divisions and Classes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Division&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;: it is usually the bow type: Recurve, Compound, Barebow, etc&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;: usually shows the function area: Judge, Official, Media, Guest, etc&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;: age class. An archer can be of an age class and decide to shoot in a different class, eg U21 shooting Adult. Classes are usually separate per gender, eg U21M and U21W.&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;: defines the function type inside the area: eg coach, team manager for Officials; Photographer, TV for Media; VIP, Delegation Official for Guests; etc&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A combination of Division and Class creates a Shooting Category: the results will be shown in the so called &amp;quot;Class and Division&amp;quot; printouts. In these ranking, teams are the traditional 3 persons teams of same category and club/country&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Events are the most powerful tool of Ianseo: one or more categories can be ranked together in a single event, individual or by team: for example, there can be an individual event mixing up all compound archers shooting on a 80cm face at 50m regardless of age and gender, or a team event made up of the best Compound Man, the best Compound Woman, the best 2 Recurve U21 regardless gender.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the elimination type and setup, each event can finish after the qualification round, or lead to brackets, or continue with elimination rounds, round robin, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Credits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Contributions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Official Pages&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| Language || Contributors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| [[File:Flag of Great Britain.svg|36px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| English &lt;br /&gt;
| Andy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Alessandra&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Translations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Netherlands.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
| Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[File:Flag of Italy.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Italian&lt;br /&gt;
| Luca&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paolo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Sweden.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
| Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:I@nseo]][[Category:About us]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Ianseo/9/fr&amp;diff=3832</id>
		<title>Translations:Ianseo/9/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Ianseo/9/fr&amp;diff=3832"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T16:42:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Created page with &amp;quot;{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; |+ Contributions |- !colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Official Pages |- !colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| Language || Contributors |- |rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| 36px  |rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| English  | Andy |- |Ken |- |Gerrit |- |Christian |- |Alessandra |- !colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Translations |- |36px | Dutch | Gerrit |- |rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|36px |rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Italian | Luca |- |Christian |- |Paolo |- |36px...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Contributions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Official Pages&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| Language || Contributors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| [[File:Flag of Great Britain.svg|36px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| English &lt;br /&gt;
| Andy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Alessandra&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Translations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Netherlands.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
| Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[File:Flag of Italy.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Italian&lt;br /&gt;
| Luca&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paolo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Sweden.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
| Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Ianseo/fr&amp;diff=3831</id>
		<title>Ianseo/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Ianseo/fr&amp;diff=3831"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T16:42:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Created page with &amp;quot;== Credits ==&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== i@nseo: what’s that? ==&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo is a software for managing archery tournaments results, created as Open Source program, thanks to the initial support of the Italian Archery Federation ([https://fitarco.it Fitarco]). The Italian Federation then promoted its use to European Countries first, and a few months later i@nseo was used all around the world. After being translated into several languages (more than 30, though its user interface was originally created in Italian), i@nseo has become the world most bleeding edge software for managing archery competitions, the only one that embeds all the rules from World Archery (WA). It constantly evolves, not only to fulfill the new WA requirements, but also to meet the needs of all its stakeholders, from the most important Federations to common users.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to i@nseo, managing an archery competition is made easy, head to tail, starting from accreditations and ending with printed documents, without forgetting the live video displaying of results (TV, Network, YouTube, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The software is also related to a working group, known as &#039;&#039;i@nseo Team&#039;&#039;, which boasts the best expertise in organizing and managing archery tournaments in the world. After the initial testing process (in the late ‘90s), i@nseo has become the italian official tournament management software in 2006. From that moment on, its creators used it to manage any kind of events in the archery world: Olympic Games, World Championships, European Championships, Grand Prix Rounds, World Games, Universiades, University Championships, World Archery Festivals, and many more, including run archery and Vegas Shoot shows.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo as Team is also the official scorer for the Italian Archery Federation, World Archery Europe and several World Archery events.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== i@nseo: a unique name ==&lt;br /&gt;
The acronym &#039;&#039;i@nseo&#039;&#039; comes not from the initial of its core group but from some selected letters extracted by its creators’ names, the so-called ‘i@nseo Core Group’:&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039; = Ard&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; (Ardingo Scarzella)&lt;br /&gt;
 @&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039; = A&#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;drea (Andrea Gabardi)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039; = Chri&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; (Christian Deligant)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039; = T&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;o (Matteo Pisani)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039; = Marc&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; (Marco Carpignano)&lt;br /&gt;
In the last years, some new members, in support of the main team, joined the creators group, helping them during some major events, where accuracy, coordination and organization is needed, creating a team, whose managing skills and organizing expertise are offered and guaranteed worldwide. This manual was originally conceived to give anyone the chance of exploring the program in all its functionalities and to increase the number of its users.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== ORIS Compliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
ORIS (&#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039;lympic &#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039;esults and &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;nformation &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;ervices) defines the contents of the results systems for each sport, including Archery. You can see it as a common way to lay lists, rank, results, medals, etc through the sports to ease reporters, media etc to understand what is what and who is who even if they do not have a comprehensive understanding of the sport. Ianseo is ORIS compliant: this means that competition&#039;s output in ORIS format (identified by a modified PDF Icon with the olympic rings in) are adapted from the Olympic and Paralympic Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Club, Country, Team ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In Ianseo, Club and Country identify the same thing: a group of people shooting under the same &amp;quot;flag&amp;quot;. If actual countries, ianseo uses the IOC 3 letters country code convention. Clubs can have their own code or numbering sequence, depending on the federation/organiser. Throughout Ianseo the terms Club and Country are interchangeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A Team is ALWAYS created from archers of the same club. This is why there are up to 3 clubs for each archer, allowing to shoot individually for one club but being part of a different club for teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Filters in Ianseo ==&lt;br /&gt;
In all the textual filters of ianseo the same convention is used:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;%&#039;&#039;&#039; (percent sign): this means any sequence of characters, even none!&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;_&#039;&#039;&#039; (underscore): this means exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;%&amp;quot; alone on a field will select everything&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;RU%&amp;quot; will select all the &amp;quot;Recurve Under&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;_U21_&amp;quot; will select RU21M, RU21W, CU21M, CU21W, BU21M, BU21W but not LBU21&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Categories and Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ianseo divide all participants in Divisions and Classes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Division&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;: it is usually the bow type: Recurve, Compound, Barebow, etc&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;: usually shows the function area: Judge, Official, Media, Guest, etc&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;: age class. An archer can be of an age class and decide to shoot in a different class, eg U21 shooting Adult. Classes are usually separate per gender, eg U21M and U21W.&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;: defines the function type inside the area: eg coach, team manager for Officials; Photographer, TV for Media; VIP, Delegation Official for Guests; etc&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A combination of Division and Class creates a Shooting Category: the results will be shown in the so called &amp;quot;Class and Division&amp;quot; printouts. In these ranking, teams are the traditional 3 persons teams of same category and club/country&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Events are the most powerful tool of Ianseo: one or more categories can be ranked together in a single event, individual or by team: for example, there can be an individual event mixing up all compound archers shooting on a 80cm face at 50m regardless of age and gender, or a team event made up of the best Compound Man, the best Compound Woman, the best 2 Recurve U21 regardless gender.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the elimination type and setup, each event can finish after the qualification round, or lead to brackets, or continue with elimination rounds, round robin, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Credits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Contributions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Official Pages&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| Language || Contributors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| [[File:Flag of Great Britain.svg|36px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| English &lt;br /&gt;
| Andy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Alessandra&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Translations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Netherlands.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
| Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[File:Flag of Italy.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Italian&lt;br /&gt;
| Luca&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paolo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Sweden.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
| Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:I@nseo]][[Category:About us]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Ianseo/8/fr&amp;diff=3829</id>
		<title>Translations:Ianseo/8/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Ianseo/8/fr&amp;diff=3829"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T16:42:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Created page with &amp;quot;== Credits ==&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Credits ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Ianseo/fr&amp;diff=3830</id>
		<title>Ianseo/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Ianseo/fr&amp;diff=3830"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T16:42:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Created page with &amp;quot;{{Content}}&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== i@nseo: what’s that? ==&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo is a software for managing archery tournaments results, created as Open Source program, thanks to the initial support of the Italian Archery Federation ([https://fitarco.it Fitarco]). The Italian Federation then promoted its use to European Countries first, and a few months later i@nseo was used all around the world. After being translated into several languages (more than 30, though its user interface was originally created in Italian), i@nseo has become the world most bleeding edge software for managing archery competitions, the only one that embeds all the rules from World Archery (WA). It constantly evolves, not only to fulfill the new WA requirements, but also to meet the needs of all its stakeholders, from the most important Federations to common users.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to i@nseo, managing an archery competition is made easy, head to tail, starting from accreditations and ending with printed documents, without forgetting the live video displaying of results (TV, Network, YouTube, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The software is also related to a working group, known as &#039;&#039;i@nseo Team&#039;&#039;, which boasts the best expertise in organizing and managing archery tournaments in the world. After the initial testing process (in the late ‘90s), i@nseo has become the italian official tournament management software in 2006. From that moment on, its creators used it to manage any kind of events in the archery world: Olympic Games, World Championships, European Championships, Grand Prix Rounds, World Games, Universiades, University Championships, World Archery Festivals, and many more, including run archery and Vegas Shoot shows.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo as Team is also the official scorer for the Italian Archery Federation, World Archery Europe and several World Archery events.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== i@nseo: a unique name ==&lt;br /&gt;
The acronym &#039;&#039;i@nseo&#039;&#039; comes not from the initial of its core group but from some selected letters extracted by its creators’ names, the so-called ‘i@nseo Core Group’:&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039; = Ard&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; (Ardingo Scarzella)&lt;br /&gt;
 @&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039; = A&#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;drea (Andrea Gabardi)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039; = Chri&#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; (Christian Deligant)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039; = T&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;o (Matteo Pisani)&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039; = Marc&#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; (Marco Carpignano)&lt;br /&gt;
In the last years, some new members, in support of the main team, joined the creators group, helping them during some major events, where accuracy, coordination and organization is needed, creating a team, whose managing skills and organizing expertise are offered and guaranteed worldwide. This manual was originally conceived to give anyone the chance of exploring the program in all its functionalities and to increase the number of its users.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== ORIS Compliance ==&lt;br /&gt;
ORIS (&#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039;lympic &#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039;esults and &#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;nformation &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;ervices) defines the contents of the results systems for each sport, including Archery. You can see it as a common way to lay lists, rank, results, medals, etc through the sports to ease reporters, media etc to understand what is what and who is who even if they do not have a comprehensive understanding of the sport. Ianseo is ORIS compliant: this means that competition&#039;s output in ORIS format (identified by a modified PDF Icon with the olympic rings in) are adapted from the Olympic and Paralympic Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Club, Country, Team ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In Ianseo, Club and Country identify the same thing: a group of people shooting under the same &amp;quot;flag&amp;quot;. If actual countries, ianseo uses the IOC 3 letters country code convention. Clubs can have their own code or numbering sequence, depending on the federation/organiser. Throughout Ianseo the terms Club and Country are interchangeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A Team is ALWAYS created from archers of the same club. This is why there are up to 3 clubs for each archer, allowing to shoot individually for one club but being part of a different club for teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Filters in Ianseo ==&lt;br /&gt;
In all the textual filters of ianseo the same convention is used:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;%&#039;&#039;&#039; (percent sign): this means any sequence of characters, even none!&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;_&#039;&#039;&#039; (underscore): this means exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;%&amp;quot; alone on a field will select everything&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;RU%&amp;quot; will select all the &amp;quot;Recurve Under&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;_U21_&amp;quot; will select RU21M, RU21W, CU21M, CU21W, BU21M, BU21W but not LBU21&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Categories and Events ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ianseo divide all participants in Divisions and Classes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Division&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;: it is usually the bow type: Recurve, Compound, Barebow, etc&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;: usually shows the function area: Judge, Official, Media, Guest, etc&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Class&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;Archers&#039;&#039;: age class. An archer can be of an age class and decide to shoot in a different class, eg U21 shooting Adult. Classes are usually separate per gender, eg U21M and U21W.&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;: defines the function type inside the area: eg coach, team manager for Officials; Photographer, TV for Media; VIP, Delegation Official for Guests; etc&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A combination of Division and Class creates a Shooting Category: the results will be shown in the so called &amp;quot;Class and Division&amp;quot; printouts. In these ranking, teams are the traditional 3 persons teams of same category and club/country&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Events are the most powerful tool of Ianseo: one or more categories can be ranked together in a single event, individual or by team: for example, there can be an individual event mixing up all compound archers shooting on a 80cm face at 50m regardless of age and gender, or a team event made up of the best Compound Man, the best Compound Woman, the best 2 Recurve U21 regardless gender.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the elimination type and setup, each event can finish after the qualification round, or lead to brackets, or continue with elimination rounds, round robin, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Credits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Contributions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Official Pages&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;| Language || Contributors&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| [[File:Flag of Great Britain.svg|36px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;| English &lt;br /&gt;
| Andy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Alessandra&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Translations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Netherlands.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
| Gerrit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[File:Flag of Italy.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;| Italian&lt;br /&gt;
| Luca&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Christian&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paolo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Flag of Sweden.svg|36px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
| Ken&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:I@nseo]][[Category:About us]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Ianseo/23/fr&amp;diff=3828</id>
		<title>Translations:Ianseo/23/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Translations:Ianseo/23/fr&amp;diff=3828"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T16:42:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Created page with &amp;quot;{{Content}}&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Content}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Common_Issues&amp;diff=3813</id>
		<title>Common Issues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Common_Issues&amp;diff=3813"/>
		<updated>2026-06-20T15:13:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Marked this version for translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mysql error on Windows 11 == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Windows defender sees XAMPP as a virus thus deletes or corrupts tables and files critical for i@nseo. If this happens here are 3 solutions that could fix this issue. Please also set up Windows Defender as in [[Install i@nseo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Repair Mysql Database === &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Solution 1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* quit XAMPP&lt;br /&gt;
* start XAMPP as administrator&lt;br /&gt;
* start only Apache&lt;br /&gt;
* navigate to &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/RepairXAMPP.php&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; (or &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/Ianseo/RepairXAMPP.php&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
* a page should appear that tries to repair permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Solution 2 ==== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you still get stuck, users reported the following procedure to work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Close the Xampp application (preferably using task Manager)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;C:\ianseo\mysql&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder (or where your ianseo installation is)&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data_old&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy and paste the backup folder named &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;backup_copy&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;backup_copy&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder to data&lt;br /&gt;
# Open &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data_old&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder, copy all folders except &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mysql&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;performance_schema&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;phpmyadmin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the newly renamed &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder, paste the folders from step 6 inside.&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data_old&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder, copy &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ibdata1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Paste it in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder&lt;br /&gt;
# Start Xampp&lt;br /&gt;
# navigate to &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/phpmyadmin&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# click on the &amp;quot;SQL&amp;quot; tab in the top menu&lt;br /&gt;
# provided you kept the original values upon installation, type the following 2 lines &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;create user ianseo@localhost identified by &#039;ianseo&#039;;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;grant all privileges on ianseo.* to ianseo@localhost;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;then press &amp;quot;execute&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: the original values are&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* user: ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
* password: ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
* database: ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Avoid Issues with XAMPP and Windows 11=== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Set as a Service ====&lt;br /&gt;
Users in internet reported that the issue seems to disappear if Apache and Mysql are run as services. To activate the services, you need to run XAMPP_control as administrator and flag the checkbox on the left of Apache and Mysql.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the checkboxes are disabled and xampp_control is running as administrator, you need to activate them: in the XAMPP folder search for xampp_control.ini file, edit  it (click with right button and choose edit), find the block that says &amp;quot;[EnableServices]&amp;quot; and replace &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; in front of Apache and Mysql. Save, restart XAMPP as admin and the checkboxes should be enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the 2 checkboxes have a green flag all is set: start apache and mysql and from now on you can forget XAMPP: each time you switch on your computer the 2 programs will start automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Train Defender to protect XAMPP and related servers ==== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Install_Post_Installation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=3806</id>
		<title>ISK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=3806"/>
		<updated>2026-06-18T07:56:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Page in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== ISK (Scorekeeper NG) == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu option is available when using the Scorekeeper NG app and provides access to functions that work specifically with the app. These functions help you configure and control the app as well as providing information regarding the status of the apps while in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three modes of operation using the app -- &#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;. Some of the options shown in this menu are only relevant for certain modes and will not be shown for other modes.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to use the app with i@nseo and score points directly at the target; it supports basic scoring functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; activates more advanced features in both the app and i@nseo, is focused on professional competitions, and allows you to configure the devices directly from Ianseo and see real-time status of each device and archer when scoring. Any competition can be Lite, but Pro competitions require a license key that can be obtained from ianseo.net.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; is similar to Pro and is also used for professional competitions, but is for very advanced users that require more precise control of the scoring devices. Live requires the use of an extra module to provide fast two-way communication with the devices as well as special licensing requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device Management (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Device Management function which allows you to see which devices are connected to i@nseo, their last known status, and functions to change the configuration of the devices. An example of this screen is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-DeviceManagement.png|none|thumb|1000x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Results (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Results function which allows you see the currently connected devices and the current status of the results reporting from the devices. Each target is shown separately with the individual squares for each archer. As the archers score the arrows, the color of the title and squares will change automatically. A legend showing the colors and their meanings is shown below the target list. Clicking on the &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; (info) icon will bring up a list of the archers on the target; during scoring, the arrow values will be shown next to each archer. The arrows values can be Removed or Imported by clicking on the buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archers have finished scoring, the squares should be yellowish in color. This means the arrows are in a temporary table and not in the official results table. Each individual target can be imported manually, if desired, or all targets can be imported at the same type by clicking the Import button. This manual process can be eliminated by checking the box for the Auto Import checkbox. It is also possible to automatically import an entire class of archers when the last arrow for that class has been entered for the end by checking the Auto Import Partials checkbox. When all the targets have finished scoring and the results imported, you can move to the next end by changing the value in the end field. This will display the scoring status for that end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Scorekeeper NG app has an offline cache to save arrow values if the WiFi/network connection should be interrupted. If this happens, the connection status icon in the app will change to red. Any arrows entered while offline will be saved locally in the device. Once the connection is restored, the cached arrow values will be sent to Ianseo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-Results.png|1000x1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Field Monitor (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get Info (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Print QR Configuration Codes=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get QRCode Data (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manage Locked Sessions (Lite only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rank Calculation Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Device Grouping=== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scorecard Management=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=3805</id>
		<title>ISK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=3805"/>
		<updated>2026-06-18T07:55:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Page in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== ISK (Scorekeeper NG) == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu option is available when using the Scorekeeper NG app and provides access to functions that work specifically with the app. These functions help you configure and control the app as well as providing information regarding the status of the apps while in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three modes of operation using the app -- &#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;. Some of the options shown in this menu are only relevant for certain modes and will not be shown for other modes.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to use the app with i@nseo and score points directly at the target; it supports basic scoring functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; activates more advanced features in both the app and i@nseo, is focused on professional competitions, and allows you to configure the devices directly from Ianseo and see real-time status of each device and archer when scoring. Any competition can be Lite, but Pro competitions require a license key that can be obtained from ianseo.net.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; is similar to Pro and is also used for professional competitions, but is for very advanced users that require more precise control of the scoring devices. Live requires the use of an extra module to provide fast two-way communication with the devices as well as special licensing requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device Management (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Device Management function which allows you to see which devices are connected to i@nseo, their last known status, and functions to change the configuration of the devices. An example of this screen is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-DeviceManagement.png|none|thumb|1000x250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Results (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Results function which allows you see the currently connected devices and the current status of the results reporting from the devices. Each target is shown separately with the individual squares for each archer. As the archers score the arrows, the color of the title and squares will change automatically. A legend showing the colors and their meanings is shown below the target list. Clicking on the &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; (info) icon will bring up a list of the archers on the target; during scoring, the arrow values will be shown next to each archer. The arrows values can be Removed or Imported by clicking on the buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archers have finished scoring, the squares should be yellowish in color. This means the arrows are in a temporary table and not in the official results table. Each individual target can be imported manually, if desired, or all targets can be imported at the same type by clicking the Import button. This manual process can be eliminated by checking the box for the Auto Import checkbox. It is also possible to automatically import an entire class of archers when the last arrow for that class has been entered for the end by checking the Auto Import Partials checkbox. When all the targets have finished scoring and the results imported, you can move to the next end by changing the value in the end field. This will display the scoring status for that end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Scorekeeper NG app has an offline cache to save arrow values if the WiFi/network connection should be interrupted. If this happens, the connection status icon in the app will change to red. Any arrows entered while offline will be saved locally in the device. Once the connection is restored, the cached arrow values will be sent to Ianseo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-Results.png|1000x1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Field Monitor (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get Info (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Print QR Configuration Codes=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get QRCode Data (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manage Locked Sessions (Lite only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rank Calculation Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Device Grouping=== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scorecard Management=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=3804</id>
		<title>ISK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=3804"/>
		<updated>2026-06-18T07:54:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Page in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== ISK (Scorekeeper NG) == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu option is available when using the Scorekeeper NG app and provides access to functions that work specifically with the app. These functions help you configure and control the app as well as providing information regarding the status of the apps while in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three modes of operation using the app -- &#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;. Some of the options shown in this menu are only relevant for certain modes and will not be shown for other modes.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to use the app with i@nseo and score points directly at the target; it supports basic scoring functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; activates more advanced features in both the app and i@nseo, is focused on professional competitions, and allows you to configure the devices directly from Ianseo and see real-time status of each device and archer when scoring. Any competition can be Lite, but Pro competitions require a license key that can be obtained from ianseo.net.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; is similar to Pro and is also used for professional competitions, but is for very advanced users that require more precise control of the scoring devices. Live requires the use of an extra module to provide fast two-way communication with the devices as well as special licensing requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device Management (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Device Management function which allows you to see which devices are connected to i@nseo, their last known status, and functions to change the configuration of the devices. An example of this screen is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-DeviceManagement.png|none|thumb|900x900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Results (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Results function which allows you see the currently connected devices and the current status of the results reporting from the devices. Each target is shown separately with the individual squares for each archer. As the archers score the arrows, the color of the title and squares will change automatically. A legend showing the colors and their meanings is shown below the target list. Clicking on the &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; (info) icon will bring up a list of the archers on the target; during scoring, the arrow values will be shown next to each archer. The arrows values can be Removed or Imported by clicking on the buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archers have finished scoring, the squares should be yellowish in color. This means the arrows are in a temporary table and not in the official results table. Each individual target can be imported manually, if desired, or all targets can be imported at the same type by clicking the Import button. This manual process can be eliminated by checking the box for the Auto Import checkbox. It is also possible to automatically import an entire class of archers when the last arrow for that class has been entered for the end by checking the Auto Import Partials checkbox. When all the targets have finished scoring and the results imported, you can move to the next end by changing the value in the end field. This will display the scoring status for that end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Scorekeeper NG app has an offline cache to save arrow values if the WiFi/network connection should be interrupted. If this happens, the connection status icon in the app will change to red. Any arrows entered while offline will be saved locally in the device. Once the connection is restored, the cached arrow values will be sent to Ianseo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-Results.png|1000x1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Field Monitor (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get Info (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Print QR Configuration Codes=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get QRCode Data (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manage Locked Sessions (Lite only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rank Calculation Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Device Grouping=== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scorecard Management=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=3803</id>
		<title>ISK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=3803"/>
		<updated>2026-06-18T07:48:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Page in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== ISK (Scorekeeper NG) == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu option is available when using the Scorekeeper NG app and provides access to functions that work specifically with the app. These functions help you configure and control the app as well as providing information regarding the status of the apps while in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three modes of operation using the app -- &#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;. Some of the options shown in this menu are only relevant for certain modes and will not be shown for other modes.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to use the app with i@nseo and score points directly at the target; it supports basic scoring functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; activates more advanced features in both the app and i@nseo, is focused on professional competitions, and allows you to configure the devices directly from Ianseo and see real-time status of each device and archer when scoring. Any competition can be Lite, but Pro competitions require a license key that can be obtained from ianseo.net.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; is similar to Pro and is also used for professional competitions, but is for very advanced users that require more precise control of the scoring devices. Live requires the use of an extra module to provide fast two-way communication with the devices as well as special licensing requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device Management (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Device Management function which allows you to see which devices are connected to i@nseo, their last known status, and functions to change the configuration of the devices. An example of this screen is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[index.php?title=File:ISK-DeviceManagement.png|1000x1000px]]&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Results (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Results function which allows you see the currently connected devices and the current status of the results reporting from the devices. Each target is shown separately with the individual squares for each archer. As the archers score the arrows, the color of the title and squares will change automatically. A legend showing the colors and their meanings is shown below the target list. Clicking on the &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; (info) icon will bring up a list of the archers on the target; during scoring, the arrow values will be shown next to each archer. The arrows values can be Removed or Imported by clicking on the buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archers have finished scoring, the squares should be yellowish in color. This means the arrows are in a temporary table and not in the official results table. Each individual target can be imported manually, if desired, or all targets can be imported at the same type by clicking the Import button. This manual process can be eliminated by checking the box for the Auto Import checkbox. It is also possible to automatically import an entire class of archers when the last arrow for that class has been entered for the end by checking the Auto Import Partials checkbox. When all the targets have finished scoring and the results imported, you can move to the next end by changing the value in the end field. This will display the scoring status for that end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Scorekeeper NG app has an offline cache to save arrow values if the WiFi/network connection should be interrupted. If this happens, the connection status icon in the app will change to red. Any arrows entered while offline will be saved locally in the device. Once the connection is restored, the cached arrow values will be sent to Ianseo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-Results.png|1000x1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Field Monitor (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get Info (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Print QR Configuration Codes=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get QRCode Data (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manage Locked Sessions (Lite only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rank Calculation Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device Grouping=== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scorecard Management=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=3801</id>
		<title>ISK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=ISK&amp;diff=3801"/>
		<updated>2026-06-18T07:45:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Page in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== ISK (Scorekeeper NG) == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu option is available when using the Scorekeeper NG app and provides access to functions that work specifically with the app. These functions help you configure and control the app as well as providing information regarding the status of the apps while in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three modes of operation using the app -- &#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;. Some of the options shown in this menu are only relevant for certain modes and will not be shown for other modes.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to use the app with i@nseo and score points directly at the target; it supports basic scoring functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pro&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; activates more advanced features in both the app and i@nseo, is focused on professional competitions, and allows you to configure the devices directly from Ianseo and see real-time status of each device and archer when scoring. Any competition can be Lite, but Pro competitions require a license key that can be obtained from ianseo.net.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Live&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; is similar to Pro and is also used for professional competitions, but is for very advanced users that require more precise control of the scoring devices. Live requires the use of an extra module to provide fast two-way communication with the devices as well as special licensing requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device Management (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Device Management function which allows you to see which devices are connected to i@nseo, their last known status, and functions to change the configuration of the devices. An example of this screen is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-DeviceManagement.png|left|1000x248px]] &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Results (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This option displays the Results function which allows you see the currently connected devices and the current status of the results reporting from the devices. Each target is shown separately with the individual squares for each archer. As the archers score the arrows, the color of the title and squares will change automatically. A legend showing the colors and their meanings is shown below the target list. Clicking on the &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; (info) icon will bring up a list of the archers on the target; during scoring, the arrow values will be shown next to each archer. The arrows values can be Removed or Imported by clicking on the buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the archers have finished scoring, the squares should be yellowish in color. This means the arrows are in a temporary table and not in the official results table. Each individual target can be imported manually, if desired, or all targets can be imported at the same type by clicking the Import button. This manual process can be eliminated by checking the box for the Auto Import checkbox. It is also possible to automatically import an entire class of archers when the last arrow for that class has been entered for the end by checking the Auto Import Partials checkbox. When all the targets have finished scoring and the results imported, you can move to the next end by changing the value in the end field. This will display the scoring status for that end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Scorekeeper NG app has an offline cache to save arrow values if the WiFi/network connection should be interrupted. If this happens, the connection status icon in the app will change to red. Any arrows entered while offline will be saved locally in the device. Once the connection is restored, the cached arrow values will be sent to Ianseo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ISK-Results.png|1000x1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Field Monitor (Pro &amp;amp; Live only)=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get Info (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Print QR Configuration Codes=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get QRCode Data (Live only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manage Locked Sessions (Lite only)=== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rank Calculation Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device Grouping=== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scorecard Management=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition/Scheduling&amp;diff=3659</id>
		<title>Competition/Scheduling</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition/Scheduling&amp;diff=3659"/>
		<updated>2026-05-19T11:22:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The scheduling is partially populated by scheduling the single phases of the competition: [[Competition/Edit_Competition_Info#Bottom_part:_Scheduling|Qualification sessions]], [[Competition/Individual_Events_Setup#Scheduling|Individual matches]], [[Competition/Team_Events_Setup#Scheduling|Team matches]], etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Scheduler-Top.png|thumb|Scheduler Printing Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
At the very top lays the series of buttons, checkboxes and fields to print several types of schedules:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Complete Schedule&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** {{checkbox|unchecked}} Include Finalists Names: if already known, the finalist names will be printed on the schedule&lt;br /&gt;
** {{checkbox|unchecked}} Add Qual. Rank: adds the rank position in the schedule printout&lt;br /&gt;
** {{checkbox|unchecked}} Daily Schedule: will output the schedule on page per day&lt;br /&gt;
** {{checkbox|unchecked}} No Locations: will remove the locations from the schedule&lt;br /&gt;
** Pagebreak Before Days (yyyy-mm-dd[,yyyy-mm-dd...]): allows to insert page breaks in the PDF to start those days on a new page (ORIS C08).&lt;br /&gt;
** {{checkbox|unchecked}} Schedule of one day: Setting a value here will print the schedule of that one day.&lt;br /&gt;
** {{checkbox|unchecked}} Schedule since day: Setting a value in here will output the schedule only from that date to the end of the competition.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Export&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;SpreadSheet export (.ods)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will output the schedule in a spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Export iCal file (.ics)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will save the schedule as .ics file (can be imported into a calendar system).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Field of Play Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Print&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will output the field of play based on the specifications of the scheduler&lt;br /&gt;
**Checking a box next to a specific date will only print the Field of Play for that date (you can tick multiple dates).&lt;br /&gt;
** {{checkbox|unchecked}} Include Unscheduled Qualification Distances: This will include all distances on the plan even if they have not been set a date/time.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Daily Schedule - C58&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Print&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will output the daily schedule (ORIS C58) of the matches. &lt;br /&gt;
** {{checkbox|unchecked}} Include Finalists Names: This will put the names of the finalists in the printout for the sessions. (Ticked by default)&lt;br /&gt;
** Ticking the specific session will output only the medal matches schedule (ORIS C58) for that [[Competition/Edit_Competition_Info#Advanced|session]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Complete Schedule ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MainScheduler.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to view the complete schedule for the event as it currently stands. You can also click the pop-out arrow at the top to open the schedule to the side of the screen as you edit in other areas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Misc. Texts == &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Scheduler-Misc-Texts.png|thumb|Competition Scheduler, Miscellaneous Texts]]&lt;br /&gt;
More texts can be inserted in the top part of the page, the layout will be affected by the field in which text is inserted&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039;: date where the text is to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Starting Time&#039;&#039;&#039;: initial time where the text is to be shown&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order&#039;&#039;&#039;: in case multiple items are at the same time, sort them with this number&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length&#039;&#039;&#039;: minutes of the item. If 0 there is no ending time&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delayed (-1 to reset)&#039;&#039;&#039;: delay of the item from its original schedule&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;: Main header (can be empty). Will be rendered bold straight&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SubTitle&#039;&#039;&#039;: Subtitle (can be empty). Will be rendered bold italic&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text&#039;&#039;&#039;: description of the item (can be empty): will be rendered as regular text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Scheduler-Misc-Texts-Advanced.png|thumb|Scheduler Advanced Comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
Once saved, clicking on the bluish comments icon a popup will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Targets&#039;&#039;&#039;: a pre-competition field of play can be prepared inserting a comma-separated series of text following a specific syntax.  Only the first part is mandatory, other fields are optional but must be specified in that order. This field is extremely usefull for the field management as you can set up the field way before having a real target assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;#1-#N@Dist&#039;&#039;: sets which targets are at which distance. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1-20@50&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will prepare the field of play from target 1 to 20 shooting at 50 meters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;@Cat&#039;&#039;: categories shooting on those targets&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;@Face&#039;&#039;: the target face to be used on those targets&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Location&#039;&#039;&#039;: a location can be specified and will be added in brackets after the item, example the Team Manager Meeting can be held in a specific location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As an example for &#039;&#039;&#039;Targets&#039;&#039;&#039;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1-20@50@CW+CM@Outdoor (5-X) 80 cm (AB-CD),21-67@70@RW+RM@Outdoor (1-X) 122 cm (AB-CD)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will prepare a field of play with targets 1 to 20 placed at 50 meters for categories CW and CM using a target face of 80cm reduced, while targets 21 to 67 will be placed at 70m for RW and RM and a target of 122cm, all shooting in two consecutive waves (AB-CD)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qualification Rounds == &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Scheduler-Qualification.png|thumb|Scheduler Qualification Rounds]]&lt;br /&gt;
If The [[Competition/Edit_Competition_Info#Bottom_part:_Scheduling|Qualification sessions]] have already been scheduled some fields may already be filled in. Changes can be made here as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Qualification Rounds Section&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Starting Time&#039;&#039;: starting time of the round&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Length&#039;&#039;: duration of the round in minutes. Consider setting the complete duration if the following distances are left blank&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Delayed (-1 to reset)&#039;&#039;: delay from the original starting time to accommodate issues caused by weather or other&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Warm up Section&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Starting Time&#039;&#039;: time of warm up beginning. Can be left blank. Setting a negative number will automatically set the start time that many minutes before the round starting time and its length.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Length&#039;&#039;: minutes foreseen for the warm up&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Schedule notes&#039;&#039;: a comment that will be output (in italic) in the schedule&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Targets Section&#039;&#039;&#039;: This field follows the same syntax as in the Misc Text part above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Matches == &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Scheduler-Matches.png|thumb|Scheduler Matches]]&lt;br /&gt;
As for the Qualification Rounds, this part is partially filled with the schedules set up in other parts of ianseo ([[Competition/Individual_Events_Setup#Scheduling|Individual matches]], [[Competition/Team_Events_Setup#Scheduling|Team Matches]], etc). Some adjustments can be done but it is a lot better to first set up the correct scheduling of &#039;&#039;&#039;each&#039;&#039;&#039; match in the Finals pages. Once this is done, &#039;&#039;&#039;Warmup&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039; can then be adjusted. Be aware that more lines of warmup can be added with the green [+] button to the right side, but with different starting times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Competition]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Module:TNT/config&amp;diff=3658</id>
		<title>Module:TNT/config</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Module:TNT/config&amp;diff=3658"/>
		<updated>2026-05-19T11:19:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;local p = {};&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The tracking category name for global TemplateData pages located on Commons&lt;br /&gt;
-- under &amp;quot;Data:Templatedata/&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Data:TemplateData/&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
-- defaults to `&amp;quot;Templates using legacy global TemplateData table name&amp;quot;`&lt;br /&gt;
-- when not set; set to `false` to disable all categorisation&lt;br /&gt;
p.legacyTemplateDataCategoryName = nil;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Whether to add the language subtag to the template name using {{#translation:}},&lt;br /&gt;
-- defaults to `false`&lt;br /&gt;
p.translatableCategoryLink = true;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Module:Documentation/styles.css&amp;diff=3656</id>
		<title>Module:Documentation/styles.css</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Module:Documentation/styles.css&amp;diff=3656"/>
		<updated>2026-05-19T11:19:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;.ts-doc-sandbox .mbox-image	{&lt;br /&gt;
	padding:.75em 0 .75em .75em;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-doc {&lt;br /&gt;
	clear: both;&lt;br /&gt;
	background-color: #eaf3ff;&lt;br /&gt;
	color: var(--color-base, #202122);&lt;br /&gt;
	border: 1px solid #a3caff;&lt;br /&gt;
	margin-top: 1em;&lt;br /&gt;
	border-top-left-radius: 2px;&lt;br /&gt;
	border-top-right-radius: 2px;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-header {&lt;br /&gt;
	background-color: #cbd6f6;&lt;br /&gt;
	color: var(--color-base, #202122);&lt;br /&gt;
	padding: .642857em 1em .5em;&lt;br /&gt;
	border-top-left-radius: 2px;&lt;br /&gt;
	border-top-right-radius: 2px;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-heading {&lt;br /&gt;
	display: inline-block;&lt;br /&gt;
	padding-left: 30px;&lt;br /&gt;
	background: center left / 24px 24px no-repeat;&lt;br /&gt;
	/* @noflip */&lt;br /&gt;
	background-image: url( //upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/32/Codex_icon_puzzle_color-base.svg );&lt;br /&gt;
	height: 24px;&lt;br /&gt;
	line-height: 24px;&lt;br /&gt;
	font-size: 13px;&lt;br /&gt;
	font-weight: 600;&lt;br /&gt;
	letter-spacing: 1px;&lt;br /&gt;
	text-transform: uppercase;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks {&lt;br /&gt;
	line-height: 24px;&lt;br /&gt;
	margin-left: 0;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a {&lt;br /&gt;
	color: var(--color-progressive, #36c);&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a:active {&lt;br /&gt;
	color: var(--color-progressive--active, #233566);&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a:visited {&lt;br /&gt;
	color: var(--color-visited, #6a60b0);&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a:visited:active {&lt;br /&gt;
	color: var(--color-visited--active, #233566);&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-content {&lt;br /&gt;
	padding: .214286em 1em;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-content:after {&lt;br /&gt;
	content: &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
	clear: both;&lt;br /&gt;
	display: block;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-content &amp;gt; :first-child {&lt;br /&gt;
	margin-top: .5em;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-content &amp;gt; :last-child {&lt;br /&gt;
	margin-bottom: .5em;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ts-doc-footer {&lt;br /&gt;
	background-color: #eaf3ff;&lt;br /&gt;
	color: var(--color-base, #202122);&lt;br /&gt;
	border: 1px solid #a3caff;&lt;br /&gt;
	padding: .214286em 1em;&lt;br /&gt;
	margin-top: .214286em;&lt;br /&gt;
	font-style: italic;&lt;br /&gt;
	border-bottom-left-radius: 2px;&lt;br /&gt;
	border-bottom-right-radius: 2px;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@media all and (min-width: 720px) { &lt;br /&gt;
	.ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks {&lt;br /&gt;
		float: right;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ts-doc-header {&lt;br /&gt;
	background-color: #233566;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ts-doc-heading {&lt;br /&gt;
	background-image: url( &#039;//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d3/OOjs_UI_icon_puzzle-ltr-invert.svg&#039; );	&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ts-doc-doc,&lt;br /&gt;
html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ts-doc-footer {&lt;br /&gt;
	background-color: #1b223d;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {&lt;br /&gt;
	html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ts-doc-header {&lt;br /&gt;
		background-color: #233566;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ts-doc-heading {&lt;br /&gt;
		background-image: url( &#039;//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d3/OOjs_UI_icon_puzzle-ltr-invert.svg&#039; );	&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ts-doc-doc,&lt;br /&gt;
	html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ts-doc-footer {&lt;br /&gt;
		background-color: #1b223d;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Module:TNT&amp;diff=3654</id>
		<title>Module:TNT</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Module:TNT&amp;diff=3654"/>
		<updated>2026-05-19T11:19:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--&lt;br /&gt;
-- INTRO:   (!!! DO NOT RENAME THIS PAGE !!!)&lt;br /&gt;
--    This module allows any template or module to be copy/pasted between&lt;br /&gt;
--    wikis without any translation changes. All translation text is stored&lt;br /&gt;
--    in the global  Data:*.tab  pages on Commons, and used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- SEE:   https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Multilingual_Templates_and_Modules&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ATTENTION:&lt;br /&gt;
--    Please do NOT rename this module - it has to be identical on all wikis.&lt;br /&gt;
--    This code is maintained at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module:TNT&lt;br /&gt;
--    Please do not modify it anywhere else, as it may get copied and override your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
--    Suggestions can be made at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module_talk:TNT&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- DESCRIPTION:&lt;br /&gt;
--    The &amp;quot;msg&amp;quot; function uses a Commons dataset to translate a message&lt;br /&gt;
--    with a given key (e.g. source-table), plus optional arguments&lt;br /&gt;
--    to the wiki markup in the current content language.&lt;br /&gt;
--    Use lang=xx to set language.  Example:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--    {{#invoke:TNT | msg&lt;br /&gt;
--     | I18n/Template:Graphs.tab  &amp;lt;!-- https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:I18n/Template:Graphs.tab --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--     | source-table              &amp;lt;!-- uses a translation message with id = &amp;quot;source-table&amp;quot; --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--     | param1 }}                 &amp;lt;!-- optional parameter --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--    The &amp;quot;doc&amp;quot; function will generate the &amp;lt;templatedata&amp;gt; parameter documentation for templates.&lt;br /&gt;
--    This way all template parameters can be stored and localized in a single Commons dataset.&lt;br /&gt;
--    NOTE: &amp;quot;doc&amp;quot; assumes that all documentation is located in Data:Templatedata/* on Commons.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--    {{#invoke:TNT | doc | Graph:Lines }}&lt;br /&gt;
--        uses https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:Templatedata/Graph:Lines.tab&lt;br /&gt;
--        if the current page is Template:Graph:Lines/doc&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local config = (function()&lt;br /&gt;
	local ok, res = pcall(mw.loadData, &amp;quot;Module:TNT/config&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
	return ok and res or {};&lt;br /&gt;
end)();&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
local i18nDataset = &#039;I18n/Module:TNT.tab&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Forward declaration of the local functions&lt;br /&gt;
local sanitizeDataset, loadData, link, formatMessage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.msg(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local dataset, id&lt;br /&gt;
	local params = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local lang = nil&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if k == 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
			dataset = mw.text.trim(v)&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif k == 2 then&lt;br /&gt;
			id = mw.text.trim(v)&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif type(k) == &#039;number&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			params[k - 2] = mw.text.trim(v)&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif k == &#039;lang&#039; and v ~= &#039;_&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			lang = mw.text.trim(v)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return formatMessage(dataset, id, params, lang)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules&lt;br /&gt;
-- Parameters:  name of dataset, message key, optional arguments&lt;br /&gt;
-- Example with 2 params:  format(&#039;I18n/Module:TNT&#039;, &#039;error_bad_msgkey&#039;, &#039;my-key&#039;, &#039;my-dataset&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
function p.format(dataset, key, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
	local checkType = require(&#039;libraryUtil&#039;).checkType&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;format&#039;, 1, dataset, &#039;string&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;format&#039;, 2, key, &#039;string&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...})&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules with the language param&lt;br /&gt;
-- Parameters:  language code, name of dataset, message key, optional arguments&lt;br /&gt;
-- Example with 2 params:  formatInLanguage(&#039;es&#039;, I18n/Module:TNT&#039;, &#039;error_bad_msgkey&#039;, &#039;my-key&#039;, &#039;my-dataset&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
function p.formatInLanguage(lang, dataset, key, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
	local checkType = require(&#039;libraryUtil&#039;).checkType&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;formatInLanguage&#039;, 1, lang, &#039;string&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;formatInLanguage&#039;, 2, dataset, &#039;string&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;formatInLanguage&#039;, 3, key, &#039;string&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}, lang)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Obsolete function that adds a &#039;c:&#039; prefix to the first param.&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;Sandbox/Sample.tab&amp;quot; -&amp;gt; &#039;c:Data:Sandbox/Sample.tab&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
function p.link(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	return link(frame.args[1])&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local implGetTemplateData;&lt;br /&gt;
function p.doc(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local dataset = sanitizeDataset(frame.args[1])&lt;br /&gt;
	local json, dataPage, categories = implGetTemplateData(nil, dataset, frame.args)&lt;br /&gt;
	return frame:extensionTag(&#039;templatedata&#039;, json) ..&lt;br /&gt;
		formatMessage(i18nDataset, &#039;edit_doc&#039;, {link(dataPage)}) ..&lt;br /&gt;
		(categories or &amp;quot;&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.getTemplateData(dataset)&lt;br /&gt;
	local data = implGetTemplateData(true, dataset);&lt;br /&gt;
	return data;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.getTemplateDataNew(...)&lt;br /&gt;
	return implGetTemplateData(nil, ...);&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function implGetTemplateData(legacy, dataset, args)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- TODO: add &#039;_&#039; parameter once lua starts reindexing properly for &amp;quot;all&amp;quot; languages&lt;br /&gt;
	local data, dataPage, categories = loadData(&lt;br /&gt;
		dataset, nil, not legacy and &#039;TemplateData&#039; or nil);&lt;br /&gt;
	local names = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, field in ipairs(data.schema.fields) do&lt;br /&gt;
		table.insert(names, field.name)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local numOnly = true&lt;br /&gt;
	local params = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local paramOrder = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, row in ipairs(data.data) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local newVal = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		local name = nil&lt;br /&gt;
		for pos, columnName in ipairs(names) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if columnName == &#039;name&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				name = row[pos]&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				newVal[columnName] = row[pos]&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if name then&lt;br /&gt;
			if (&lt;br /&gt;
				(type(name) ~= &amp;quot;number&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
				and (&lt;br /&gt;
					(type(name) ~= &amp;quot;string&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
					or not string.match(name, &amp;quot;^%d+$&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
				)&lt;br /&gt;
			) then&lt;br /&gt;
				numOnly = false&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			params[name] = newVal&lt;br /&gt;
			table.insert(paramOrder, name)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Work around json encoding treating {&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;:{...}} as an [{...}]&lt;br /&gt;
	if numOnly then&lt;br /&gt;
		params[&#039;zzz123&#039;]=&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local json = mw.text.jsonEncode({&lt;br /&gt;
		params=params,&lt;br /&gt;
		paramOrder=paramOrder,&lt;br /&gt;
		description=data.description,&lt;br /&gt;
		-- TODO: Store this in a dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
		format = (args and args.format or nil),&lt;br /&gt;
	})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if numOnly then&lt;br /&gt;
		json = string.gsub(json,&#039;&amp;quot;zzz123&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,?&#039;, &amp;quot;&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return json, dataPage, categories;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Local functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sanitizeDataset = function(dataset)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not dataset then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	dataset = mw.text.trim(dataset)&lt;br /&gt;
	if dataset == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif string.sub(dataset,-4) ~= &#039;.tab&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return dataset .. &#039;.tab&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return dataset&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
loadData = function(dataset, lang, dataType)&lt;br /&gt;
	dataset = sanitizeDataset(dataset)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not dataset then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, &#039;error_no_dataset&#039;, {}))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Give helpful error to thirdparties who try and copy this module.&lt;br /&gt;
	if not mw.ext or not mw.ext.data or not mw.ext.data.get then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(string.format([[&#039;&#039;&#039;Missing JsonConfig extension, or not properly configured;&lt;br /&gt;
Cannot load https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:%s.&lt;br /&gt;
See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:JsonConfig#Supporting_Wikimedia_templates&#039;&#039;&#039;]], dataset))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local dataPage = dataset;&lt;br /&gt;
	local data, categories;&lt;br /&gt;
	if dataType == &#039;TemplateData&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		dataPage = &#039;TemplateData/&#039; .. dataset;&lt;br /&gt;
		data = mw.ext.data.get(dataPage, lang);&lt;br /&gt;
		if data == false then&lt;br /&gt;
			data = mw.ext.data.get(&#039;Templatedata/&#039; .. dataset, lang);&lt;br /&gt;
			if data ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
				local legacyTemplateDataCategoryName = config.legacyTemplateDataCategoryName;&lt;br /&gt;
				if legacyTemplateDataCategoryName ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
					categories = string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
						&#039;[[Category:%s%s]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
						legacyTemplateDataCategoryName or &amp;quot;Templates using legacy global TemplateData table name&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
						config.translatableCategoryLink and mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction(&amp;quot;#translation:&amp;quot;) or &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
					);&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				dataPage = &#039;Templatedata/&#039; .. dataset;&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		data = mw.ext.data.get(dataset, lang)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if data == false then&lt;br /&gt;
		if dataset == i18nDataset then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Prevent cyclical calls&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&#039;Missing Commons dataset &#039; .. i18nDataset)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, &#039;error_bad_dataset&#039;, {link(dataPage)}))&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return data, dataPage, categories;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Given a dataset name, convert it to a title with the &#039;commons:data:&#039; prefix&lt;br /&gt;
link = function(dataset)&lt;br /&gt;
	return &#039;c:Data:&#039; .. mw.text.trim(dataset or &#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
formatMessage = function(dataset, key, params, lang)&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, row in pairs(loadData(dataset, lang).data) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local id, msg = unpack(row)&lt;br /&gt;
		if id == key then&lt;br /&gt;
			local result = mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, unpack(params or {}))&lt;br /&gt;
			return result:plain()&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if dataset == i18nDataset then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Prevent cyclical calls&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&#039;Invalid message key &amp;quot;&#039; .. key .. &#039;&amp;quot;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, &#039;error_bad_msgkey&#039;, {key, link(dataset)}))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Template:Documentation/en&amp;diff=3652</id>
		<title>Template:Documentation/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Template:Documentation/en&amp;diff=3652"/>
		<updated>2026-05-19T11:19:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{documentation|content=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Lua|Module:Documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
This template automatically displays a documentation box like the one you are seeing now, of which the content is sometimes transcluded from another page.&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for pages which are [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] in other pages, i.e. templates, whether in the template namespace or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customising display ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overrides exist to customise the output in special cases:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;documentation{{!}}&#039;&#039;&#039;heading&#039;&#039;&#039;=&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - change the text of the &amp;quot;documentation&amp;quot; heading. If this is set to blank, the entire heading line (including the first [edit] link) will also disappear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rationale ==&lt;br /&gt;
This template allows any page to use any documentation page, and makes it possible to protect templates while allowing anyone to edit the template&#039;s documentation and categories.&lt;br /&gt;
It also reduces server resources by circumventing a [[w:Wikipedia:Template limits|technical limitation of templates]] (see a [[:en:Special:Diff/69888944|developer&#039;s explanation]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[w:Template:Documentation subpage]]&lt;br /&gt;
* {{tim|Documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Formatting templates{{#translation:}}|Template documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template documentation{{#translation:}}| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{#if:{{{content|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template documentation pages{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Template:Documentation&amp;diff=3650</id>
		<title>Template:Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Template:Documentation&amp;diff=3650"/>
		<updated>2026-05-19T11:19:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{documentation|content=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Lua|Module:Documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt; This template automatically displays a documentation box like the one you are seeing now, of which the content is sometimes transcluded from another page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; It is intended for pages which are [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Special:MyLanguage/Help:Transclusion&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|transcluded]] in other pages, i.e. templates, whether in the template namespace or not.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Usage == &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customising display === &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Overrides exist to customise the output in special cases:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;documentation{{!}}&#039;&#039;&#039;heading&#039;&#039;&#039;=&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt; change the text of the &amp;quot;documentation&amp;quot; heading.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt; If this is set to blank, the entire heading line (including the first [edit] link) will also disappear.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Rationale == &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; This template allows any page to use any documentation page, and makes it possible to protect templates while allowing anyone to edit the template&#039;s documentation and categories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt; It also reduces server resources by circumventing a [[w:Wikipedia:Template limits|technical limitation of templates]] (see a [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;:en:Special:Diff/69888944&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|developer&#039;s explanation]]).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== See also == &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt; [[w:Template:Documentation subpage]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* {{tim|Documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Formatting templates{{#translation:}}|Template documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template documentation{{#translation:}}| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{#if:{{{content|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template documentation pages{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Template:Checkbox&amp;diff=3648</id>
		<title>Template:Checkbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Template:Checkbox&amp;diff=3648"/>
		<updated>2026-05-19T11:19:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#switch:{{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|#default&lt;br /&gt;
|checked = {{#if:{{{color|{{{tick|}}}}}}|[[File:Checkbox_{{{color|black}}}_{{#ifeq:{{{tick|}}}|no|on|checked}}.png|link=|17px|{{{2}}}]]|[[File:MediaWiki checkbox ticked.svg|link=|17px|{{{2}}}]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|unchecked = [[File:Checkbox_{{{color|black}}}_unchecked.png|link=|17px|{{{2}}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{documentation|content=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{checkbox}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ⇒ {{checkbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{checkbox|checked|title}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ⇒ {{checkbox|checked|title}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{checkbox|unchecked|title}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ⇒ {{checkbox|unchecked|title}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{checkbox|checked|tick=no}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ⇒ {{checkbox|checked|tick=no}}&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{checkbox|checked|color=red}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ⇒ {{checkbox|checked|color=red}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Install_i@nseo&amp;diff=3487</id>
		<title>Install i@nseo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Install_i@nseo&amp;diff=3487"/>
		<updated>2026-03-12T17:07:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Marked this version for translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation of the installation == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo runs as a web site, so a so-called AMP stack (Apache, Mysql, Php) needs to be installed first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Windows === &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To install i@nseo on a Windows operating system, follow these steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the software from [https://ianseo.net/Releases.php ianseo.net]. The preferred method is to download the full installer that will install XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the file in the wished folder. The preferred method is extracting the file in C:\ and ianseo will be found in C:\ianseo &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the setup xampp.bat file, available in the folder. A terminal window will open: in case there is some setup to tweek the system will display 2 pre-compiled questions: just press &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot;; otherwise a message saying &amp;quot;Nothing to do&amp;quot; will be displayed. Then close the terminal window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;ianseo-alert-info&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Post Installation ==== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;In Windows 11&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Windows Defender apparently interferes with XAMPP and sometimes crashes i@nseo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Install_Post_Installation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Run XAMPP==== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the archives, activate XAMPP by clicking on the Xampp-control icon, then, in the new window, click on ‘Start’ to both Apache and MySql.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;ianseo-alert-danger&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====WARNING===== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If a warning appears stating that VCRUNTIME140.dll was not found, please install the [https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/windows/latest-supported-vc-redist?view=msvc-170#latest-microsoft-visual-c-redistributable-version Latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable Version] We reccomend the x86 version. If in doubt install both!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
N.B.: the XAMPP control panel can be closed (minimised) and the services will keep running.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;C:\ianseo\htdocs&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder is world-writeable: right click on the folder, select properties and change the permissions so that everybody can have read and write access to the folder and subsequent files and folders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MacOs=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
We do not have an installer for Mac, so the AMP stack needs to be installed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download of XAMPP/MAMP==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Download XAMPP ([https://www.apachefriends.org/]) or MAMP ([https://www.mamp.info/en/downloads/]) and follow the instructions to install. The following guide is for MAMP but are also valid for XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the appropriate version if you&#039;re running an Intel processor or Apple Silicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Run the installation program. This will install MAMP and a demo version of MAMP Pro. Ianseo only needs the functionality in MAMP so you do not need to purchase MAMP Pro unless you want to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After the installation, you will find a folder called MAMP in the Applications folder. Open this folder by double clicking on it and then start the MAMP application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the standard values are sufficient for Ianseo, but a couple of adjustments need to be done first. Choose Preferences and then the Ports tab. Click the button “80 &amp;amp; 3306” to set MAMP to the default ports for web and MySQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download of i@nseo==== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From [https://ianseo.net/Releases.php ianseo.net] download the zip file and extract it in the folder &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;htdocs&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; of XAMPP/MAMP (under &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Application&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the guide Ianseo will be installed in its own folder, called ianseo and the URL to access ianseo will be &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http://localhost/ianseo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Open folder “/Applications/MAMP/htdocs”&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a folder inside it and name it “ianseo” (all lower case, without quotes)&lt;br /&gt;
* Uncompress the contents of the downloaded zip file inside the ianseo folder&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;IMPORTANT:&#039;&#039;&#039; Open the folder &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Applications/MAMP/htdocs/ianseo/Common&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and delete the file &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;config.inc.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if it exists) to allow the installation procedure to start.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open a terminal window (Applications -&amp;gt; Utilities -&amp;gt; Terminal)&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to the MAMP folder by type the command below, including a space between cd and /, and press &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Enter&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
    cd /Applications/MAMP/htdocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Type the following command and press &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Enter&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. You will be asked the password of your user: enter it but remember that nothing will be displayed while typing, not even *.&lt;br /&gt;
    sudo chown -R nobody:admin ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
* Type the following command and press Enter (again it can ask for the password):&lt;br /&gt;
    sudo chmod -R a+rwX ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Starting MAMP==== &amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start the MAMP application and then press the Start button. This will start the Apache web server and the MySQL database. You may be prompted to enter your password; enter it to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once MAMP starts, your browser should automatically open to a Welcome to MAMP page showing the current version number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To start Ianseo, enter the address &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http://localhost/ianseo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in a new tab. You will first need to agree to the License Agreement. Check the box and click on the I AGREE button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If this is a new installation, follow the onscreen instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|During installation, MAMP does not set the MySQL root password, so when the installer will ask for it, leave it blank. The other fields can be left with default values. Click the Create user and database button to proceed. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If the installation program displays an error message indicating that it could not connect to the database, enter “root” in the ADMIN Password to create users and databases fields and click the Create user and database button to try again.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the database information is configured, you should see a message saying Ianseo is now installed on your system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the link “Go to IANSEO!” to update your system to the latest version. This will automatically download the latest version of the software and update the language files. When this is finished you will see the message “The upgrade process is finished.”. Click the button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Linux=== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The native way of installing the AMP stack is called LAMP: be aware that i@nseo will run on php 8 or later. Install with your package manager (you will need administrative privileges):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*apache2&lt;br /&gt;
*mysql-server&lt;br /&gt;
*mysql-client&lt;br /&gt;
*php&lt;br /&gt;
*php-mysql&lt;br /&gt;
*php-gd&lt;br /&gt;
*php-curl&lt;br /&gt;
*imagemagick&lt;br /&gt;
*php-imagick&lt;br /&gt;
*php-xml&lt;br /&gt;
*php-zip&lt;br /&gt;
*php-intl&lt;br /&gt;
*php-mbstring&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Create a user for ianseo in the mysql server. This can be done in modern debian derived distribution with (copy and paste the following line in a terminal):&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo mysql -e &amp;quot;create user ianseo@localhost identified by &#039;ianseo&#039;;grant all privileges on ianseo.* to ianseo@localhost;create database ianseo;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you have an error of missing password, you need to add the password switch. Be aware that you will not see the password as you type, so don&#039;t forget to hit &amp;quot;enter&amp;quot; when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo mysql -p -e &amp;quot;create user ianseo@localhost identified by &#039;ianseo&#039;;grant all privileges on ianseo.* to ianseo@localhost;create database ianseo;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Create the folder &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/opt/ianseo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and assign the folder to your user.&lt;br /&gt;
Download the zip file from [https://ianseo.net/Releases.php ianseo.net] and extract in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/opt/ianseo.&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Assign world writeable permissions to the folder and files with the following command.&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo chmod -R a+rwX /opt/ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
Copy the apache configuration file located in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/opt/ianseo/Install/apache-ianseo.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/apache2/conf-available&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and enable the change in apache&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo cp  /opt/ianseo/Install/apache-ianseo.conf /etc/apache2/conf-available&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo a2enconf apache-ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo service apache2 reload&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Final Setup of i@nseo== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Check there is no file in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Common&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; called &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;config.inc.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Open an Internet browser and navigate to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/ianseo&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the on-screen instructions given by the software.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Install_i@nseo&amp;diff=3486</id>
		<title>Install i@nseo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Install_i@nseo&amp;diff=3486"/>
		<updated>2026-03-12T17:06:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation of the installation == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
i@nseo runs as a web site, so a so-called AMP stack (Apache, Mysql, Php) needs to be installed first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Windows === &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To install i@nseo on a Windows operating system, follow these steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the software from [https://ianseo.net/Releases.php ianseo.net]. The preferred method is to download the full installer that will install XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the file in the wished folder. The preferred method is extracting the file in C:\ and ianseo will be found in C:\ianseo &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the setup xampp.bat file, available in the folder. A terminal window will open: in case there is some setup to tweek the system will display 2 pre-compiled questions: just press &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot;; otherwise a message saying &amp;quot;Nothing to do&amp;quot; will be displayed. Then close the terminal window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;ianseo-alert-info&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Post Installation ==== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;In Windows 11&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Windows Defender apparently interferes with XAMPP and sometimes crashes i@nseo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Install_Post_Installation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Run XAMPP==== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the archives, activate XAMPP by clicking on the Xampp-control icon, then, in the new window, click on ‘Start’ to both Apache and MySql.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;ianseo-alert-danger&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====WARNING===== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If a warning appears stating that VCRUNTIME140.dll was not found, please install the [https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/windows/latest-supported-vc-redist?view=msvc-170#latest-microsoft-visual-c-redistributable-version Latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable Version] We reccomend the x86 version. If in doubt install both!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
N.B.: the XAMPP control panel can be closed (minimised) and the services will keep running.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;C:\ianseo\htdocs&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder is world-writeable: right click on the folder, select properties and change the permissions so that everybody can have read and write access to the folder and subsequent files and folders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MacOs=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
We do not have an installer for Mac, so the AMP stack needs to be installed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download of XAMPP/MAMP==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Download XAMPP ([https://www.apachefriends.org/]) or MAMP ([https://www.mamp.info/en/downloads/]) and follow the instructions to install. The following guide is for MAMP but are also valid for XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the appropriate version if you&#039;re running an Intel processor or Apple Silicon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Run the installation program. This will install MAMP and a demo version of MAMP Pro. Ianseo only needs the functionality in MAMP so you do not need to purchase MAMP Pro unless you want to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the installation, you will find a folder called MAMP in the Applications folder. Open this folder by double clicking on it and then start the MAMP application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the standard values are sufficient for Ianseo, but a couple of adjustments need to be done first. Choose Preferences and then the Ports tab. Click the button “80 &amp;amp; 3306” to set MAMP to the default ports for web and MySQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download of i@nseo==== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From [https://ianseo.net/Releases.php ianseo.net] download the zip file and extract it in the folder &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;htdocs&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; of XAMPP/MAMP (under &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Application&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the purpose of the guide Ianseo will be installed in its own folder, called ianseo and the URL to access ianseo will be &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http://localhost/ianseo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open folder “/Applications/MAMP/htdocs”&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a folder inside it and name it “ianseo” (all lower case, without quotes)&lt;br /&gt;
* Uncompress the contents of the downloaded zip file inside the ianseo folder&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;IMPORTANT:&#039;&#039;&#039; Open the folder &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Applications/MAMP/htdocs/ianseo/Common&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and delete the file &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;config.inc.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if it exists) to allow the installation procedure to start.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open a terminal window (Applications -&amp;gt; Utilities -&amp;gt; Terminal)&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to the MAMP folder by type the command below, including a space between cd and /, and press &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Enter&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
    cd /Applications/MAMP/htdocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Type the following command and press &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Enter&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. You will be asked the password of your user: enter it but remember that nothing will be displayed while typing, not even *.&lt;br /&gt;
    sudo chown -R nobody:admin ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
* Type the following command and press Enter (again it can ask for the password):&lt;br /&gt;
    sudo chmod -R a+rwX ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Starting MAMP====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start the MAMP application and then press the Start button. This will start the Apache web server and the MySQL database. You may be prompted to enter your password; enter it to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once MAMP starts, your browser should automatically open to a Welcome to MAMP page showing the current version number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start Ianseo, enter the address &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http://localhost/ianseo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in a new tab. You will first need to agree to the License Agreement. Check the box and click on the I AGREE button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this is a new installation, follow the onscreen instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|During installation, MAMP does not set the MySQL root password, so when the installer will ask for it, leave it blank. The other fields can be left with default values. Click the Create user and database button to proceed. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If the installation program displays an error message indicating that it could not connect to the database, enter “root” in the ADMIN Password to create users and databases fields and click the Create user and database button to try again.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the database information is configured, you should see a message saying Ianseo is now installed on your system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the link “Go to IANSEO!” to update your system to the latest version. This will automatically download the latest version of the software and update the language files. When this is finished you will see the message “The upgrade process is finished.”. Click the button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Linux=== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The native way of installing the AMP stack is called LAMP: be aware that i@nseo will run on php 8 or later. Install with your package manager (you will need administrative privileges):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*apache2&lt;br /&gt;
*mysql-server&lt;br /&gt;
*mysql-client&lt;br /&gt;
*php&lt;br /&gt;
*php-mysql&lt;br /&gt;
*php-gd&lt;br /&gt;
*php-curl&lt;br /&gt;
*imagemagick&lt;br /&gt;
*php-imagick&lt;br /&gt;
*php-xml&lt;br /&gt;
*php-zip&lt;br /&gt;
*php-intl&lt;br /&gt;
*php-mbstring&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Create a user for ianseo in the mysql server. This can be done in modern debian derived distribution with (copy and paste the following line in a terminal):&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo mysql -e &amp;quot;create user ianseo@localhost identified by &#039;ianseo&#039;;grant all privileges on ianseo.* to ianseo@localhost;create database ianseo;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you have an error of missing password, you need to add the password switch. Be aware that you will not see the password as you type, so don&#039;t forget to hit &amp;quot;enter&amp;quot; when done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo mysql -p -e &amp;quot;create user ianseo@localhost identified by &#039;ianseo&#039;;grant all privileges on ianseo.* to ianseo@localhost;create database ianseo;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Create the folder &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/opt/ianseo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and assign the folder to your user.&lt;br /&gt;
Download the zip file from [https://ianseo.net/Releases.php ianseo.net] and extract in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/opt/ianseo.&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Assign world writeable permissions to the folder and files with the following command.&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo chmod -R a+rwX /opt/ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
Copy the apache configuration file located in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/opt/ianseo/Install/apache-ianseo.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/apache2/conf-available&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and enable the change in apache&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo cp  /opt/ianseo/Install/apache-ianseo.conf /etc/apache2/conf-available&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo a2enconf apache-ianseo&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo service apache2 reload&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Final Setup of i@nseo== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Check there is no file in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Common&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; called &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;config.inc.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Open an Internet browser and navigate to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/ianseo&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the on-screen instructions given by the software.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Update_i@nseo&amp;diff=2832</id>
		<title>Update i@nseo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Update_i@nseo&amp;diff=2832"/>
		<updated>2026-01-28T10:11:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Marked this version for translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Updating the software is vital to ensure that it will always work efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The version is represented by the release date. The software version and revision is visible in the title bar or clicking the ianseo logo at the far right of the menu bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ianseo-Version.png|thumb|alt=I@nseo Version|I@nseo Version check]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Updating i@nseo is a straightforward procedure. After opening the application and with a reliable internet connection, navigate to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Modules =&amp;gt; Update Ianseo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|Please always save the competitions in a safe place before performing the update!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system will first ask for accepting the licence (read carefully as it is a legally binding licence) then perform the update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Update_i@nseo&amp;diff=2831</id>
		<title>Update i@nseo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Update_i@nseo&amp;diff=2831"/>
		<updated>2026-01-28T10:10:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Updating the software is vital to ensure that it will always work efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The version is represented by the release date. The software version and revision is visible in the title bar or clicking the ianseo logo at the far right of the menu bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ianseo-Version.png|thumb|alt=I@nseo Version|I@nseo Version check]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Updating i@nseo is a straightforward procedure. After opening the application and with a reliable internet connection, navigate to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Modules =&amp;gt; Update Ianseo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|Please always save the competitions in a safe place before performing the update!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system will first ask for accepting the licence (read carefully as it is a legally binding licence) then perform the update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Individual_Finals&amp;diff=2807</id>
		<title>Individual Finals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Individual_Finals&amp;diff=2807"/>
		<updated>2025-10-13T10:50:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Page in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Individual and Team Finals, also called Elimination (up to 1/8) and Final (from 1/4 to medals) Rounds, are usually the most important&lt;br /&gt;
stages in a tournament. Though they can seem hard to be managed at first, once the user gets used to the basic&lt;br /&gt;
management method, competitions will be much easier to manage and flawless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Set up ==&lt;br /&gt;
Settings are defined in [[Competition/Individual Events Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Check and resolve tie scores == &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Individual-Finals-menu-01.png|thumb|Individual Finals Menu - no ties solved]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-menu-02.png|thumb|Individual Finals Menu - some ties solved]]&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting the matches, ties need to be solved in order to send athletes from ranking round to the correct places in the brackets. Ties can be solved through &#039;&#039;Shoot Offs&#039;&#039; (SO) or &#039;&#039;Coin Tosses&#039;&#039; (CT), depending on the rules of the competition. Usually SO are needed for the last positions in the &amp;quot;saved&amp;quot; places (the ones granting direct access to a different phase than the first one) or the last positions of the bracket places. Ties in other positions are usually solved with Coin Tosses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=error|text=Once ties are resolved, redoing the procedure will void the matches already done!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure starts selecting &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Individual Finals =&amp;gt; Check shoot-off before final phases&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, the submenu differ if no events have been checked or at least one has been solved. The red highlighted events in the menu item show which events have not been checked yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Individual-Finals-Ties-01.png|thumb|List of Events to check/checked]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Ties-04.png|thumb|Events list after tie score check]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of events to check is presented, on the left the dot shows the status of each event: a green dot means all done, a red dot means the check needs to be performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Checks need to be performed one event at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Individual-Finals-Ties-PDF.png|thumb|Tie score and SO scorecard PDF]]&lt;br /&gt;
For each Event, a recap of the number of SO and CT to be done is shown. A PDF with the scorecards for the SO can be printed to hand to the judges. Instead of a single status per Event, a global status can be printed from the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Individual Finals =&amp;gt; Shoot Off/Coin Toss Status Printout&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; menu item&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Individual-Finals-Ties-02.png|thumb|CT and SO panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Ties-03.png|thumb|Tie score panel after CT and SO]]&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on an Event, the ranking round results of the qualified archers is shown, with selects in case of CT (yellow rows) and selects+input fields to insert the points of the SO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Automatic Coin Toss Assignments&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button at the bottom right of the page helps speeding the CT by assigning randomly a position to the CT. SO need to be assigned manually based on the rules.&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|type=info|text=World Archery rules state that the SO points only serve to exclude or include archers from the brackets, the actual ranking inside/outside the brackets is done as usual based on regular tie breakers and CT}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Advanced Mode&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button on the bottom left of the page comes in handy if specific situations arise: you will be able to manually change all the positions to use in assigning archers to the bracket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is also the button to press to access the &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reset Data to situation before SO&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|type=error|text=Once the ties are solved, tampering with these items will bring up warning popups. Read carefully as unwanted actions will not be able to be undone!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export Text File== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the matches will be exported as semicolon separated values (.csv)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scorecard Printout==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Top of page===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Scorecards-01.png|thumb|Individual Finals Scorecards, top of page]]&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows to print scorecards all matches of an archer on a single page, all matches of a single event or all matches of a single phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Checkboxes activate some items: very useful are the Barcodes printed on scorecards because it greatly speeds up the score control and validation after the matches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To print the scorecards of a specific phase (provided a schedule has been created), select the phase from the dropdown item on the middle of the right size of the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Middle of page===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Scorecards-02.png|thumb|Individual Finals Scorecards, middle of page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the previous section, showing which scorecards can be printed (big icon) and which are not ready yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nameplates===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nofloat&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Scorecards-03.png|thumb|Individual Finals Scorecards, Nameplates]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Individual-Finals-Nameplates.png|thumb|Individual Nameplates]]&lt;br /&gt;
Prints the nameplates to be put on the shooting line or at the targets. The targets of the following phases after winning the match can also be printed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Athlete Numbers==&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly to the Qualification Rounds, Athlete Numbers specific for the Final rounds can be printed ([[Qualification#Athlete_Numbers|see Qualification =&amp;gt; Athlete_Numbers]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Insert ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are many ways to insert results data in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Data insert (Bracket view)=== &lt;br /&gt;
{{memo|insert picture}}&lt;br /&gt;
This is the fastest way of data input for Matches: selecting the event to manage and if ties need to be managed a bracket will appear. Just enable the phase to manage and insert the final score of each match. Results are immediately saved and the archers transferred to the following phases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In case of a bye or a disqualification, the appropriate item needs to be selected from the dropdown menu after selecting &amp;quot;Manage Tie-Break&amp;quot; from the top selector&lt;br /&gt;
* In case of SO, after inserting the SO result one should select &amp;quot;Tie Winner&amp;quot; from the dropown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Data insert (Table view)===&lt;br /&gt;
{{memo|insert picture}}&lt;br /&gt;
In table view scores can be entered by schedule or selecting a specific phase from multiple events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Single end scores can also be entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all scores are entered, pressing save will actually save the results. Top of table show some useful quick links:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;previous phase&#039;&#039;&#039; go back one phase for the same event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;next phase&#039;&#039;&#039; go to next phase of the same event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;brackets&#039;&#039;&#039; switch to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Data insert (Bracket view)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Next phase Scorecards&#039;&#039;&#039; prints next phase scorecards of this event&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Next phase Names&#039;&#039;&#039; prints the next phase platenames&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arrow by Arrow (Advanced users)===&lt;br /&gt;
{{memo|insert picture}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swap opponents===&lt;br /&gt;
{{memo|insert picture}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Spotting===&lt;br /&gt;
{{memo|insert picture}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Printout==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Input Score==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Speaker== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition&amp;diff=2804</id>
		<title>Competition</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ianseo.net/index.php?title=Competition&amp;diff=2804"/>
		<updated>2025-10-13T10:38:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Deligant: Marked this version for translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Proofreading}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=warning|text=Please always export the competition every time modifications are done, including during the competition. This will save your time and data if a crash or some other issue arises. Windows 11 users have reported frequent crashes of XAMPP due to some updates made by widnows defender, so in case they did not apply the patch described in [[Install_i@nseo#Post_Installation]] exporting the competition is the only way to recover data after a complete reinstalling of ianseo.}}&lt;br /&gt;
The top menu of Ianseo is organised from left to right following the steps of a competition management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Menu-Comp.png|thumb|left|Competition Menu when no competition is selected (left) compared to same menu after selecting a competition (right)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Competition Menu&amp;quot; when no competition is selected is very short and extends when a competition is opened. Please note that &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;New&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Import Tournament&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; are present only if no competition is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Due to their complexity, some menu items have their own pages and are not covered in this page:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ /Edit Competition Info/ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ /Scheduling/ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ /Warm Up Schedule/ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ /Individual Events Setup/ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ /Team Events Setup/ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ /Round Robin Setup/ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ /Ianseo Protection/ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ /Send to ianseo.net/ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Competition == &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New-Competition.png|thumb|right|New Competition page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new tournament, the user can click on &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; New&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The page will display some fields, in which the tournament main information can be recorded. Basically all fields are mandatory, as without them the user cannot create the competition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Competition Code&#039;&#039;&#039;: competition reference code, usually assigned by National Federations. Once defined, it is better not to modify it especially if publication codes or ISK-NG Pro codes have been requested.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: it is the title of the tournament.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Short Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: short version of the Competition Name: eg &amp;quot;OG 2025&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Summer Olympic Games 2025&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Organized by&#039;&#039;&#039;: top field is the organizer code (like the club code, the federation code, etc), bottom field is a description of the organizing committee. Example &amp;quot;WAE&amp;quot; for the code and &amp;quot;World Archery Europe&amp;quot; for the Description.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ORIS compliance&#039;&#039;&#039;: checking the box, all the outputs will be printed following the ORIS Standard (Olympic Results and Information Services). For regular events (local, regional, national, etc), it is better not to use ORIS printouts, especially if results, ranking, startlists, etc are printed: the i@nseo printouts are optimized to reduce the number of sheets to be used, though they are still perfectly readable.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Localization Rule&#039;&#039;&#039;: tournament ruleset. As an example, selecting &#039;&#039;World Archery Tournament Rules&#039;&#039;, i@nseo will use the tournament types defined by WA.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Competition Type&#039;&#039;&#039;: depending on the previous selection, the dropdown will be populated after selecting a ruleset and will show the available types for that ruleset.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subrule&#039;&#039;&#039;: the subrule dropdown will appear only if more than one competition type is defined, eg single category versus youth categories.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Reset to predefined values&#039;&#039;&#039;: checking this option will reset all the presets to their original values, removing the custom defined elements. {{Note|inline=1|type=warning|text=Please be aware that it can break your competition, use with caution. A confirmation popup will warn you of the consequences in case you checked the option by mistake}}.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Place&#039;&#039;&#039;: city where the competition will be held.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Venue&#039;&#039;&#039;: venue of the competition&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Nation&#039;&#039;&#039;: the country where the competition is held.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Time zone&#039;&#039;&#039;: Timezone offset from UTC at the date of the competition (watch out Daylight Savings Time!)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039;: start and end dates of the competition.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Paper size&#039;&#039;&#039;: select the correct paper size (A4 or Letter) for the printouts.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Currency&#039;&#039;&#039;: main currency used for the payments. Can be symbols or international codes (eg: € or EUR)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Printout Language&#039;&#039;&#039;: force the printouts language (eg English), while the interface can be switched to any language (eg Polish).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Printout character set&#039;&#039;&#039;: the default is Latin characters; for tournaments that use extended Latin characters (eg Slavic, Cyrillic, Hebrew, Arabic alphabets) select &amp;quot;Extended Character Set&amp;quot;, Ideogram-based characters can be included selecting Chinese or Japanese characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable HTT System&#039;&#039;&#039;: tournament where the electronic scoring will be managed with the now obsolete Danage HTTs needs to select &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;. For non Latin competitions, also check the &amp;quot;Send Target assignment instead of Names&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Ianseo ScoreKeeper&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Image:ISK-NG.png|20px|link=]]: Ianseo ScoreKeeper NG (Next Generation), abridged in ISK-NG, is the companion app for electronic scoring. Available in both [https://apps.apple.com/it/app/ianseo-scorekeeper-ng/id1631394400 Apple] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=net.ianseo.scorekeeperng Android] stores to be used on personal devices or organizers&#039; devices.&lt;br /&gt;
** ISK-NG Lite: this is the default free mode. Insert the URL of the computer running ianseo: the devices need to be able to connect to that URL! To avoid rogues tampering with data you can also insert a security PIN.&lt;br /&gt;
** ISK-NG Pro: upon purchasing a Pro Code (the link arrives with the confirmation email of the online publication request), the app switches into Pro mode, allowing more control on who, where and when is allowed to score. Two more fields appear: enable/disable the use of personal devices and the Pro Code purchased online.&lt;br /&gt;
** ISK-NG Live: reserved for Federations and organizers that have received a comprehensive course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the required fields are entered, the user can save the tournament. If any mistake or inconsistency&lt;br /&gt;
is identified the system will not save anything and the errors highlighted in &amp;lt;mark&amp;gt;yellow&amp;lt;/mark&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select a Competition == &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-List.png|thumb|Available Competition List]]&lt;br /&gt;
At any moment one can go back to the main page listing all the competitions in the system clicking on the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Open&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; menu item. Simply click on the &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot; link near the competition code to make it the current competition to manage. [[#View Competition Info|General info]] of the competition will appear.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import a Competition == &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|type=info|text=A Tournament can only be imported if there are no current competition active. In case, select &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Close&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; menu item.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Import.png|thumb|Import a competition]]&lt;br /&gt;
Select &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Import&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and pick the correct &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.ianseo&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; file to upload. Whatever the file name is, the competition code will be the one saved in the file itself. {{Note|type=warning|text=Be aware that if a competition with the same code is in the system it will be deleted and overwritten by the imported one}}.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the procedure the imported competition will be opened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select an Interface Language == &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Language.png|thumb|Language Selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows and allows to select the interface language. All terms not already translated will be in English, the default language. Clicking on &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Update&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will update the terms for the corresponding language, while clicking on &amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;button&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Update All&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will update all available languages (it can take some time).&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Competition Settings == &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The following menu options are available in the Competition Menu after selecting/creating a Competition. As some items have complex options, these are explained in subpages (See top of this page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete a Competition === &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Delete.png|thumb|Competition Delete Confirmation]]&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Delete&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; menu item appears if a competition is selected. Before removing a competition from the system a confirmation procedure is necessary.  {{Note|type=reminder|text=Before deleting a competition be sure to [[#Export a Competition|export it]] }}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Competition Info === &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Competition-Info.png|thumb|Competition Info]]&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; View Competition Info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; shows the basic information about the competition and two useful links:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Redraw pictures&#039;&#039;&#039; will create the missing images/pictures/logos of the competition, provided they are correctly saved in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Recreate pictures&#039;&#039;&#039; will delete all images and recreate them from the information stored in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Anomalies====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Competition-Info-Anomalies.png|thumb|Competition Info, Anomalies]]&lt;br /&gt;
If there are anomalies in the basic setup of the competition, they will be shown here with a direct link to the corresponding set up page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Field of Play Layout === &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Final Field of Play Layout&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will produce a PDF with the layout of the field of play, as defined by the scheduling and target assignments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Export a Competition === &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu item appears if a competition is selected. i@nseo can export the selected competition to transfer it from a computer to another one or to create backups. It is a good practice to export the competition from time to time, especially before performing critical tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
One can click directly on the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Exports&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; link (shortcut for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Exports =&amp;gt; Export Tournament with pictures&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) or select one of the other sub options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Exports =&amp;gt; Export as EXP file&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: this format contains not only the .ianseo file but also some other outputs like PDFs etc. This export is usually fed into some federation/association website to populate their own system. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Exports =&amp;gt; Export Tournament&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: to reduce the size of the .ianseo file, this will export all data but the pictures of the athletes and the flags/logo&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Exports =&amp;gt; Export Tournament with pictures&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: this is the standard export. Feeding another ianseo with this export will reconstruct the same identical competition.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Competition =&amp;gt; Exports =&amp;gt; SpreadSheet export (.ods)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: this export is in opendocument format and contains all the results of the competition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Report === &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This Section is actually specific for the Italian competitions and is filled by the judge chairperson and filed to the Italian Federation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Final Report&#039;&#039;&#039;: fills in the report&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Print Final Report&#039;&#039;&#039;: prints the report. A watermark is added if the competition is not locked or the report not signed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Print Checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;: prints a checklist of all the items of the report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Competition]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Deligant</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>